Siemens SINAMICS G150 Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Siemens Manuals
  4. Media Converter
  5. SINAMICS G150
  6. Manual

Siemens SINAMICS G150 Manual

Drive converter chassis
Hide thumbs Also See for SINAMICS G150:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

See also: Function Manual , Operating Manual
s
SINAMICS
SINAMICS G130/G150
List Manual
Edition
04/2014
Answers for industry.

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Siemens SINAMICS G150

Summary of Contents for Siemens SINAMICS G150

  • Page 1 SINAMICS SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual Edition 04/2014 Answers for industry.

  • Page 3: Function Diagrams

    Preface Fundamental safety instructions SINAMICS Parameters SINAMICS G130/G150 Function diagrams Faults and alarms List Manual Appendix Index Valid for Drive Firmware version SINAMICS 04/2014 A5E03263479A...
  • Page 4 Note the following: WARNING Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications listed in the catalog and in the associated technical documentation. If third-party products and components are used, then they must be recommended or approved by Siemens. These products can only function correctly and safely if they are transported, stored, set up, mounted, installed, commissioned, operated and maintained correctly.

  • Page 5: Additional Information

    Information on how to produce individual contents for your own machine documentation based on Siemens contents is available under the link: http://www.siemens.com/mdm Training Information about SITRAIN (Siemens Training on products, systems and solutions for automation) is available under the following link: http://www.siemens.com/sitrain FAQs You can find Frequently Asked Questions in the Service&Support pages under Product...

  • Page 6: Faults And Alarms

    SINAMICS G Sales Documentation Planning/configuration SIZER Engineering Tool Configuration Manuals, Motors Deciding/ordering SINAMICS G Catalogs • SINAMICS G150 Operating Instructions Installation/assembly • SINAMICS G130 Operating Instructions • STARTER Commissioning Tool Commissioning • SINAMICS G150 Operating Instructions • SINAMICS G130 Operating Instructions •...

  • Page 7: Sinamics G130/G150 List Manual (Lh2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A

    – Table of contents for function diagrams (Page 1027) 2. List of abbreviations (Page 1813) 3. References (Page 1822) 4. Index (Page 1829) Technical Support Country-specific telephone numbers for technical support are provided on the Internet at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...
  • Page 8 Preface SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...

  • Page 9: Table Of Contents

    Table of contents Fundamental safety instructions ........... General safety instructions.

  • Page 10: Table Of Contents

    Table of contents 3.17 Signals and monitoring functions ..........1202 3.18 Diagnostics.

  • Page 11: Fundamental Safety

    Fundamental safety instructions Content General safety instructions Industrial security SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...

  • Page 12: Parameters

    1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.1 General safety instructions General safety instructions WARNING Risk of death if the safety instructions and remaining risks are not carefully observed If the safety instructions and residual risks are not observed in the associated hardware documentation, accidents involving severe injuries or death can occur.

  • Page 13: Industrial Security

    Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, devices, and/or networks. They are important components of a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates.
  • Page 14 1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.2 Industrial security SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...
  • Page 15 Parameters Content Overview of parameters List of parameters Parameters for data sets 1002 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1019 SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...

  • Page 16: Overview Of Parameters

    2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Overview of parameters 2.1.1 Explanation of the parameter list Basic structure of the parameter descriptions The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The table below contains all the information that can be included in a parameter description. Some of the information is optional.
  • Page 17 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter number and the index (optional). Examples of the representation in the parameter list: • p... Adjustable parameters (read and write parameters) •...
  • Page 18 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Note The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the particular commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions). BICO: Full parameter name / abbreviated name The following abbreviations can appear in front of the parameter name: •...
  • Page 19 (PROFINET) “PROFINET“ (p0108.31). CU_G150_DP Control Unit SINAMICS G150 with PROFIBUS interface. CU_G150_DP (CAN) Control Unit SINAMICS G150 with PROFIBUS interface and function module “CAN“ (p0108.29). CU_G150_DP Control Unit SINAMICS G150 with PROFIBUS interface and "COMM board" function (COMM BOARD) module (p0108.30 ).
  • Page 20 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-1 Data in the "Drive object (function module)" field, continued Drive object (function Type Meaning module) ENC (lin_encoder) Object for a DRIVE-CLiQ encoder with "Linear encoder" function module (r0108.12). DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module. TB30 Terminal Board 30.
  • Page 21 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Can be changed The "-" sign indicates that the parameter can be changed in any object state and that the change will be effective immediately. The information "C1(x), C2(x), T, U" ((x): optional) means that the parameter can be changed only in the specified drive unit state and that the change will not take effect until the unit switches to another state.
  • Page 22 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Calculated Specifies whether the parameter is influenced by automatic calculations. The calculation attribute defines which activities influence the parameter. The following attributes apply: • CALC_MOD_ALL – p0340 = 1 – Project download with commissioning software and send from p0340 = 3 •...
  • Page 23 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Data type The information on the data type can consist of the following two items (separated by a slash): • First item Data type of the parameter. • Second item (for binector or connector input only) Data type of the signal source to be interconnected (binector/connector output).
  • Page 24 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Dynamic index For parameters with a dynamic index [0...n], the following information is specified here: • Data set (if available). • Parameter for the number of indices (n = number - 1). The following information can be contained in this field: •...
  • Page 25 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Note Detailed information on changing over units can be found in the following references: References: /FH1/ SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions References: /BA3/ SINAMICS S150 Operating Instructions All the potential unit groups and possible unit selections are listed below. Table 2-3 Unit groups (p0100) Unit group...
  • Page 26 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-5 Unit groups (p0505) Unit group Unit selection for p0505 = Reference variable for % p2000 p2000 1 rpm 1 rpm p2000 m/min ft/min p2000 m/min m/min ft/min ft/min Vrms Vrms p2001 p2001 p2001 mArms mArms...
  • Page 27 Control Unit (e.g. depending on converter type, macro, power unit). Note For SINAMICS G130/G150, the macros and their settings are provided in the following documentation: References: /BAx/ x = 1, 2 SINAMICS G150/G130 Operating Instructions SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...
  • Page 28 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Not for motor type Specifies for which motor type this parameter has no significance. ASM: Asynchronous Motor FEM: Separately excited synchronous motor PEM: Permanent-magnet synchronous motor REL: Reluctance motor/SIEMOSYN motor Scaling Specification of the reference variable with which a signal value is automatically converted for a BICO interconnection.

  • Page 29: Safety Guidelines

    2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Index The name and meaning of each individual index is specified for indexed parameters. The following applies to the values (Min, Max, Factory setting) for indexed adjustable parameters: • Min, Max: The adjustment range and unit apply to all indices. •...

  • Page 30: Number Ranges Of Parameters

    2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Caution The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4). Notice The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual, see "Legal information"...
  • Page 31 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-7 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range Description From 1800 1899 Gating unit 1900 1999 Power unit and motor identification 2000 2009 Reference values 2010 2099 Communication (fieldbus) 2100 2139 Faults and alarms 2140 2199 Signals and monitoring...
  • Page 32 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-7 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range Description From 7000 7499 Parallel connection of power units 7500 7599 SINAMICS SM120 7700 7729 External messages 7770 7789 NVRAM, system parameters 7800 7839 EEPROM read/write parameters 7840 8399 Internal system parameters...

  • Page 33: List Of Parameters

    2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters List of parameters Product: SINAMICS G130/G150, Version: 4702900, Language: eng Objects: B_INF, CU_G130_DP, CU_G130_PN, CU_G150_DP, CU_G150_PN, ENC, HUB, TB30, TM150, TM31, TM54F_MA, TM54F_SL, VECTOR_G r0002 Infeed operating display / INF op_display B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16...
  • Page 34 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0002 Encoder DO operating display / Enc DO op_display Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 35 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0002 TM150 operating display / TM150 op_display TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 36 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 37 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A higher set access level also includes the lower one. Access level 1 (standard): Parameters for simplest possible operations. Access level 2 (extended): Parameters to operate the basic functions of the drive unit. Access level 3 (experts): Expert know-how is required for these parameters (e.g.
  • Page 38 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0005[0...1] BOP operating display selection / BOP op_disp sel All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 39 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Mode 0 ... 3 can only be selected if also r0020, r0021 are available on the drive object. Mode 4 is available for all drive objects. p0007 BOP background lighting / BOP lighting CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: -...
  • Page 40 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The drives can only be powered up outside the device commissioning (the inverter enabled). In this case, p0009 must be 0 (Ready) and the individual drive objects must have already gone into operation (p0010). p0009 = 1: Device configuration At the first commissioning of the device, after booting, the device is in the "device configuration"...
  • Page 41 Value: Ready Quick commissioning Power unit commissioning Technological application/units Only Siemens int Parameter reset Note: The drive can only be powered up outside the drive commissioning (inverter enable). To realize this, this parameter must be set to 0. For p3900 not equal to 0, at the end of the quick commissioning, this parameter is automatically reset to 0.
  • Page 42 Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps. For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered. Value: Ready Only Siemens int Parameter reset Dependency: Refer to: p0970...
  • Page 43 Motor commissioning Encoder commissioning Technological application/units Data sets Basic positioner commissioning Position control commissioning Only Siemens int Parameter reset Safety Integrated commissioning 10000: Ready with immediate feedback signal Notice: For p0010 = 10000 the following applies: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
  • Page 44 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0013[0...49] BOP user-defined list / BOP list All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 45 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: C1 Calculated: - Access level: 1 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 46 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0019.0...14 CO/BO: Control word BOP / STW BOP CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9912 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 47 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0022 Speed actual value rpm smoothed / n_act rpm smooth VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6799 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 48 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0026 CO: DC link voltage smoothed / Vdc smooth B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8750, 8850, 8950 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 49 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0027 CO: Absolute actual current smoothed / I_act abs val smth VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8850, 8950 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 50 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0030 Current actual value torque-generating smoothed / Iq_act smooth VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6799 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002...
  • Page 51 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / P_actv_act smth VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8750, 8850, 8950 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 52 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The thermal motor utilization is only determined for permanent-magnet synchronous motors when the motor temperature model 1 (I2t) or 3 is activated. For motor temperature model 1 (I2t) (p0612.0 = 1), the following applies: - r0034 = (motor model temperature - 40 K) / (p0605 - 40 K) * 100 % For motor temperature model 3 (p0612.2 = 1), the following applies: - r0034 = (motor model temperature - p5397) / (p5398 - p5397) * 100 %...
  • Page 53 [17] = Depletion layer 5 [18] = Depletion layer 6 [19] = Cooling unit liquid intake Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Note: The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal. r0037[0]: Maximum value of the inverter temperatures (r0037[5...10]).
  • Page 54 An appropriate message is output when the permitted operating temperature is exceeded. Index: [0] = Actual measured value [1] = Maximum measured value Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Note: The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal. r0038 Power factor smoothed / Cos phi smooth...
  • Page 55 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0040 Reset energy consumption display / Energy usage reset VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 56 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Infeed inactive or not operational Cooling unit ready signal missing Dependency: Refer to: r0002 Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for the infeed are present. Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal.
  • Page 57 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present. Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal. - there is a "switching on inhibited".
  • Page 58 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 27 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - de-magnetizing has still not been completed (only for vector). Bit 28 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the holding brake is closed or has still not been opened. Bit 29 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the cooling unit ready signal via binector input p0266[1] missing.
  • Page 59 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Value 99 means the following: No encoder assigned (not configured). r0050.0...3 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.
  • Page 60 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Frequency limit active 6719 Current limiting controller voltage output active Current/torque limiting Active Inactive 6060 Vdc_max controller active 6220, 6320 Vdc_min controller active 6220, 6320 r0060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt. VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 61 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: With a parameterized filter time constant p1441, the speed signal from encoder 1 is displayed corrected by the following error. The speeds from encoder 2 and 3 are only displayed in U/f operating modes if the function module (speed/torque control) (r0108.2) has been activated.
  • Page 62 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0065 Slip frequency / f_Slip VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6310, 6700, 6727, 6730, 6732 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 63 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0068[0...1] CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6714, 6799, 7017, 8014, 8017, 8018 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 64 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6724, 6730, 6731, 6799 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 65 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Modulat_depth VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6730, 6731, 6799, 8940, 8950 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT...
  • Page 66 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0078 CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6310, 6700, 6714, 6799 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002...
  • Page 67 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0082 CO: Active power actual value / P_act B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8750, 8850, 8950 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 14_7 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004...
  • Page 68 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters - for I/f control. - for a stalled drive. r0087 CO: Actual power factor / Cos phi act VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 69 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re p0092 = 0: The controller clock cycles are set without any restrictions by the clock-cycle PROFIdrive operation (same as for up to V2.3). When calculating the drive unit utilization (r9976), when using the fixed DCC runtime groups "Receive AFTER IF1 PROFIdrive PZD", "Send BEFORE IF1 PROFIdrive PZD", "Receive AFTER IF2 PZD"...
  • Page 70 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Drive object type DC_CTRL Drive object type SERVO HMI Drive object type VECTOR HMI Drive object type VECTORMV - SM parallel circuit Dependency: Refer to: r0098, p0099 Note: For p0097 = 0, p0099 is automatically set to the factory setting. The possible settings are dependent upon the device type.
  • Page 71 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The parameter can only be set to the values 0, the value of the actual device topology, the value of the actual device target topology and FFFFFFFF hex. If the value 0 is displayed in all of the indices, then the system has still not been commissioned. The value FFFFFFFF hex indicates that the topology was not generated by the automatic device configuration but was commissioned using the commissioning software (e.g.
  • Page 72 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The numbers of the drive objects are in p0101. Index 0: Displays the number of drive objects that have already been set up. Index 1: Displays the number of drive objects that have already been set up and, in addition, the drive objects that still have to be set up.
  • Page 73 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re value = 0, 2: When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors. If value = 0: All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value. They can be removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error.
  • Page 74 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If value = 1: All components of the drive object must be available for error-free operation. If value = 2: Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start.
  • Page 75 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0107 Drive object type / DO type B_INF, ENC, HUB, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 TB30, TM150, TM31, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - TM54F_MA, P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - TM54F_SL,...
  • Page 76 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0107[0...n] Drive object type / DO type CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: C1(2) Calculated: - Access level: 2 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 77 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The number (p0101) and the associated drive object type are in the same index. For SINAMICS S a drive object type can only be changed between SERVO and VECTOR. If you change the parameter and exit drive start-up (p0009 from 2 to 0) the drive parameters are set up again.
  • Page 78 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 20 Bit 21 Bit 22 Bit 23 Bit 24 Bit 25 Bit 26 Bit 27 Bit 28 Bit 29 Bit 30 Bit 31 Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning. r0108 Drive objects function module / DO fct_mod Can be changed: -...
  • Page 79 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Parallel connection / Parallel Activated Not activated Techn controller / Tech_ctrl Activated Not activated Extended messages/monitoring / Ext msg Activated Not activated Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Activated Not activated Software gating unit / SW_gating unit Activated Not activated PM330 / PM330...
  • Page 80 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0112 Sampling times pre-setting p0115 / t_sample for p0115 B_INF Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 81 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: It is prohibited to select a parameter value from p0112 if the associated current controller clock cycle cannot set (e.g. p0112 = 1 is not possible for a vector drive and PM340 power unit). If, for a servo drive, p112 = 5 is set, then the pulse frequency p1800 is preassigned 8 kHz.
  • Page 82 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Recommend.: When changing the sampling times of the current and speed controllers (also refer to p0115), then we recommend that after exiting commissioning (p0009 = 0) the controller settings are re-calculated using p0340 = 4. Dependency: It is prohibited to select a parameter value from p0112 if the associated current controller clock cycle cannot set (e.g.
  • Page 83 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0115[0...6] Sampling times for internal control loops / t_sample int ctrl B_INF Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 84 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0115[0] Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 85 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Recommend.: When changing the sampling times of the current and speed controllers (also refer to p0115), then we recommend that after exiting commissioning (p0009 = 0) the controller settings are re-calculated using p0340 = 4. When adjusting the current controller sampling time, it is recommended to use values that are an integer multiple of 6.25 µs.
  • Page 86 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0117 Current controller computing dead time mode / I_ctrl t_dead mode CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 87 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0107, r0107 Note: This parameter is only significant for drive objects A_INFEED and VECTOR with a parallel circuit configuration. p0121[0...n] Power unit component number / PU comp_no B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8...
  • Page 88 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: It is not permissible to de-activate drive objects with safety functions enabled. Note: The activation of a component can be rejected if the component was inserted for the first time. In this case, it is only possible to activate the component when the pulses for all of the drive objects are inhibited.
  • Page 89 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0130 Number of Motor Data Sets (MDS) / MDS count VECTOR_G Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8575 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 90 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Procedure: 1. In Index 0, enter which motor data set should be copied. 2. In Index 1, enter the motor data set data that is to be copied into. 3. Start copying: Set index 2 from 0 to 1. p0139[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed.
  • Page 91 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If the encoder evaluation and encoder are integrated (motor with DRIVE-CLiQ), then their component numbers are identical. For an SMC, different component numbers are assigned for the SMC (p0141) and the (actual) encoder (p0142). p0144[0...n] Sensor Module detection via LED / SM detection LED ENC, VECTOR_G...
  • Page 92 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Component inactive Component active Dependency: Refer to: p0105, p0145, p0480, p0897 r0147[0...n] Sensor Module EEPROM data version / SM EEPROM version ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.
  • Page 93 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0151 Terminal Module component number / TM comp_no TM150, TM31, Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 TM54F_MA, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - TM54F_SL P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 94 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Recommend.: After inserting a component, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01317. Dependency: Refer to: r0156 r0156[0...n] Voltage Sensing Module active/inactive / VSM act/inact VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.
  • Page 95 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0158 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module firmware version / Hub FW version Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 96 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count B_INF Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 97 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A value of 99 means that no encoder has been assigned to this drive data set (not configured). p0188[0...n] Encoder 2 encoder data set number / Enc 2 EDS number VECTOR_G Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8...
  • Page 98 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Compound braking possible Extended voltage range possible Gating unit available with current limitation control Component status possible Temperature evaluation via Motor Module / CU terminals possible Reduced device supply voltage possible Current measurement oversampling available Parking keeping the relevant data is available...
  • Page 99 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0196[0...255] Topology component status / Top comp stat CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 100 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0128, r0148, r0158, r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00. r0198[0...2] BIOS/EEPROM data version / BIOS/EEPROM vers CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.
  • Page 101 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The parameter is used to identify when the drive is being commissioned for the first time. The power unit commissioning can only be exited (p0201 = r0200), if the actual and acknowledged code numbers are identical (p0010 = 2).
  • Page 102 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 250: SINAMICS SM 260: SINAMICS MC 300: SINAMICS GL 350: SINAMICS SL 400: SINAMICS DCM Note: For parallel circuit configurations, the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. r0203[0...15] Firmware package name / FW pkg name CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 103 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Device type DC/AC device AC/AC device RFI filter available Active Line Module available Smart Line Module available Basic Line Module available with thyristor bridge Basic Line Module available with diode bridge Liquid cooling with cooling unit (chassis PU) Yes F3E regenerative feedback into the line...
  • Page 104 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: IECdrives (p0100 = 0): Units kW NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): Units hp Refer to: p0100, p0205 r0207[0...4] Rated power unit current / PU PI_rated B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
  • Page 105 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / V_connect B_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8760 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 106 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The pre-charging switch-in threshold for the DC link voltage (Vdc) is calculated from p0210: Vdc_pre = p0210 * 0.82 * 1.35 (AC/AC) Vdc_pre = p0210 * 0.82 (DC/AC) The undervoltage thresholds for the DC link voltage (Vdc) are calculated from p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage: U_rated = 400 V: - U_min = p0210 * 0.78 (AC/AC) >...
  • Page 107 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0212 Power unit configuration / PU config VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(2) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 108 Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. Refer to: p0230 SINAMICS G130/G150...
  • Page 109 When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1, the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero. For this reason, the parameter value of a third-party filter only has to be entered outside the commissioning phase (p0010 = 0) and then the controller calculation (p0340 = 3) is carried out.
  • Page 110 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Warning: Re p0247.5 = 1 (only for induction motors): If the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM) is connected to the line voltage, then the line frequency is interpreted as speed. In this case, the flying restart function cannot be used together with VSM and the bit should be set to 0. If only one VSM is connected at the Motor Module, line synchronization must be deactivated (p3800 = 0), in order to be able to use flying restart together with VSM.
  • Page 111 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The number of hours operated can only be reset to 0 in this parameter (e.g. after a fan has been replaced). Note: For liquid-cooled chassis power units, the operating hours of the inner fan are displayed in p0251 and not in p0254. p0255[0...7] Power unit contactor monitoring time / PU cont t_monit B_INF, VECTOR_G...
  • Page 112 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal PDS0 pre-charging/line contactor control High output PDS0 pre-charging/line contactor feedback High signal input PDS0 bypass contactor control output High PDS0 bypass contactor feedback signal High input PDS1 pre-charging/line contactor control High output...
  • Page 113 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0260 Cooling unit starting time 1 / RKA start time 1 B_INF (Cool_unit), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9795 (Cool_unit) P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 114 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0264 Cooling unit run-on time / RKA run-on time B_INF (Cool_unit), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9795 (Cool_unit) P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 115 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters RKA liquid flow OK RKA conductivity no fault 9974 RKA conductivity no alarm 9974 Dependency: Refer to: p0266 p0278 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold reduction / Vdc U_under red VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32...
  • Page 116 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0289 CO: Maximum power unit output current / PU I_outp max VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002...
  • Page 117 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0293 CO: Power unit alarm threshold model temperature / PU A_thr mod_temp VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8014 P-Group: Converter Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006...
  • Page 118 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0296 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold / Vdc U_lower_thresh B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8750, 8760, 8850, 8864, 8950, 8964 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 119 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 2 for p0301 = 2xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 120 This also applies for parameters for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. In this case p0300 can only be set to p0300 = 10000 or 10001 (read motor parameters) or to the corresponding non-Siemens motor (first digit of the motor code number) in order to be able to cancel the write protection.
  • Page 121 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0303[0...n] Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ status word / Motor w DQ ZSW VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 122 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0306[0...n] Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 123 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0308[0...n] Rated motor power factor / Mot cos phi rated VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 124 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0311[0...n] Rated motor speed / Mot n_rated VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 125 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0316[0...n] Motor torque constant / Mot kT VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 3), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM, REL, FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 126 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0322[0...n] Maximum motor speed / Mot n_max VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 127 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0325[0...n] Motor pole position identification current 1st phase / Mot PolID I 1st ph VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 128 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0329[0...n] Motor pole position identification current / Mot PolID current VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, REL, FEM...
  • Page 129 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For IEC motors, the following applies (p0100 = 0): For p0308 = 0, the internally-calculated power factor is displayed. For p0308 > 0, this value is displayed. For NEMA motors, the following applies (p0100 = 1, 2): For p0309 = 0, the internally-calculated power factor is displayed.
  • Page 130 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: For 1LA5 and 1LA7 motors (p0300), the parameter is pre-set as a function of p0307 and p0311. Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.
  • Page 131 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: No calculation Complete calculation Calculation of equivalent circuit diagram parameters Calculation of closed-loop control parameters Calculation of controller parameters Calculation of technological limits and threshold values Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
  • Page 132 Note: The calculation is not performed, if the power unit is deactivated. p0340 = 1 contains the calculations of p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5 without overwriting the motor parameters from the Siemens motor lists (p0301 > 0). p0340 = 2 calculates the motor parameters (p0350 ... p0360), but only if it does involve a Siemens catalog motor (p0301 = 0).
  • Page 133 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0343[0...n] Rated motor current identified / Mot I_rated ident VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL, FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 134 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters When starting or executing a flying restart for a separately-excited synchronous motor without encoder or with incremental encoder, then the voltage induced in the stator by the excitation current pulse is used to determine the rotor position.
  • Page 135 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0625, r1912 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The motor identification routine determines the stator resistance from the total stator resistance minus the cable resistance (p0352).
  • Page 136 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). p0355[0...n] Motor damping resistance q axis / Mot R_damp q VECTOR_G...
  • Page 137 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For separately-excited synchronous motors: Sets the damping inductance in the rotor direction (d-axis). This value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910) (not for separately-excited synchronous motors). Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
  • Page 138 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0362[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 1 / Mot saturat.flux 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: 6723, 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 139 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The following applies for the flux values: p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis flux values (PESM): 20 % < p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 Refer to: p0367 Notice: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM):...
  • Page 140 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0365[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 4 / Mot saturat.flux 4 VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: 6723, 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 141 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents: p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis current values (PESM): 20 % < p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 Refer to: p0362 Notice: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM), the following applies:...
  • Page 142 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux. The parameter sets the third stator quadrature axis current as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305). Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents: p0366 <...
  • Page 143 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0372[0...n] Cable resistance / Mot R_cable VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 144 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The rated temperature is the sum of p0625 and p0628. Dependency: Refer to: p0628 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). r0377[0...n] Motor leakage inductance total / Mot L_leak total VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 145 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0382[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance transformed / Lh d axis saturated / Mot L_m tr/Lhd sat VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349...
  • Page 146 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0386[0...n] Motor stator leakage time constant / Mot T_stator leak VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 147 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0392, p0393, p1402, p1715 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 >...
  • Page 148 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0396[0...n] Actual rotor resistance / R_rotor act VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: 6730 P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM, REL, FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 149 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0400[0...n] Encoder type selection / Enc_typ sel Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4700, 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 150 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: An encoder type with p0400 < 9999 defines an encoder for which there is an encoder parameter list. When selecting a catalog encoder (p0400 < 9999) the parameters from the encoder parameter list cannot be changed (write protection).
  • Page 151 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p0400 = 10000 the following applies: If an identification is not possible, then p0400 is set to 0. For p0400 = 10100 the following applies: If an identification is not possible, p0400 remains set to 10100 until it becomes possible. p0401[0...n] Encoder type OEM selection / Enc type OEM sel ENC, VECTOR_G...
  • Page 152 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0404[0...n] Encoder configuration effective / Enc_config eff Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4010, 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 153 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 15 (commutation with zero mark): Only applicable for synchronous motors. The function can be de-selected by priority via p0430.23. For distance-coded zero marks, the following applies: The phase sequence of the C/D track (if available) must be the same as the phase sequence of the encoder (A/B track).
  • Page 154 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 12 (equidistant zero mark): The zero marks occur at regular intervals (e.g. rotary encoder with 1 zero mark per revolution or linear encoder with constant zero mark distance). The bit activates monitoring of the zero mark distance (p0424/p0425, linear/rotary) or in the case of the linear encoder with 1 zero mark and p0424 = 0 zero mark monitoring is activated.
  • Page 155 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The lowest permissible value is 250 nm.
  • Page 156 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0411[0...n] Measuring gear configuration / Meas gear config ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 157 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0413[0...n] Measuring gear position tracking tolerance window / Pos track window ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 158 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0417[0...n] Encoder safety comparison algorithm (detected) / Safety comp_algo ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 159 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal SUB-D Terminal p0421[0...n] Absolute encoder rotary multiturn resolution / Enc abs multiturn ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.
  • Page 160 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: For distance-coded zero marks, this means the basic distance.
  • Page 161 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0429[0...n] Encoder SSI configuration / Enc SSI config ENC, VECTOR_G...
  • Page 162 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 21 (zero mark tolerance): - if bit = 1, a one-off zero mark distance error is tolerated. In the event of a defect, the fault F3x100/F3x101 does not appear, but alarm A3x400/A3x401 does. Re bit 22 (rotor position adaptation): - if bit = 1, the rotor position is corrected automatically.
  • Page 163 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 20 (speed calculation mode): - if bit = 1, the speed is calculated via incremental difference without extrapolation. - if bit = 0, the speed is calculated via edge time measurement with extrapolation. p0453 is effective in this mode. Re bit 21 (zero mark tolerance): - if bit = 1, a one-off zero mark distance error is tolerated.
  • Page 164 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0432[0...n] Gearbox factor encoder revolutions / Grbx_fact enc_rev ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 165 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0435[0...n] Encoder SSI alarm bit / Enc SSI alarm bit ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 166 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Fault handling after PROFIdrive Activate additional messages Support absolute position for incremental 4750 encoder Deselect monitoring multiturn representation in Gx_XIST2 Deselect track monitoring EnDat linear encoder monitoring incremental/absolute EnDat encoder initialization with high...
  • Page 167 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 31: When monitoring is active, the levels of the individual track signals and the corresponding inverted track signals are monitored separately. p0437[0...n] Sensor Module configuration extended / SM config ext ENC (Lin_enc) Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3...
  • Page 168 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 29: When the bit is set, the EnDat encoder is initialized under a certain velocity and, therefore, with high accuracy. If initialization at a higher velocity is requested, fault F31151, F32151, or F33151 is output. Re bit 31: When monitoring is active, the levels of the individual track signals and the corresponding inverted track signals are monitored separately.
  • Page 169 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For encoders with serial number, encoder replacement is monitored in order to request angular commutation calibration (adjustment) for motor encoders and absolute calibration for direct measuring systems with absolute value data. The serial number, which from then onwards is used for monitoring purposes, can be transferred using p0440. In the following cases, copying is automatically started in the following cases: 1.) When commissioning 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FK7 motors.
  • Page 170 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0445[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 5 / Enc comm ser_no 5 ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 171 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0449[0...n] Encoder SSI number of bits filler bits / Enc SSI fill bits ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 172 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0453[0...n] Pulse encoder evaluation zero speed measuring time / Enc_ev n_0 t_meas ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 173 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0455[0...2] Encoder configuration recognized / Enc config act VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 174 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters SSI encoder DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Digital encoder Equidistant zero mark Irregular zero mark Distance-coded zero mark Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Acceleration Track A/B analog Voltage level 5 V Voltage level 24 V Remote sense (only SMC30) Resolver excit Dependency: Refer to: p0404...
  • Page 175 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0458 Sensor Module properties / SM properties Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting...
  • Page 176 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 14: Only for internal Siemens use. Re bit 23: When the property is set, commutation with zero mark can be de-selected using p0430.23. Re bit 24: If the property is set, commutation to the selected zero mark can be carried out.
  • Page 177 The extended functions can be configured using p0437. Re bit 13: Encoder faults can be acknowledged via Gn_STW.15. Re bit 14: Only for internal Siemens use. Re bit 23: When the property is set, commutation with zero mark can be de-selected using p0430.23. Re bit 24: If the property is set, commutation to the selected zero mark can be carried out.
  • Page 178 The extended functions can be configured using p0437. Re bit 13: Encoder faults can be acknowledged via Gn_STW.15. Re bit 14: Only for internal Siemens use. Re bit 23: When the property is set, commutation with zero mark can be de-selected using p0430.23. Re bit 24: If the property is set, commutation to the selected zero mark can be carried out.
  • Page 179 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters EnDat encoder initialization with high accuracy Analog unipolar track monitoring Dependency: Refer to: p0437 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. Re bit 09: Parameter p0426 or p0439 has been modified. These functions are not supported by the connected Sensor Module. r0459 Sensor Module properties extended / SM prop ext ENC (Lin_enc)
  • Page 180 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Data logger Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 Edge evaluation bit 1 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Function p0426, p0439 supported...
  • Page 181 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0461 Encoder serial number part 2 / Enc ser_no 2 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 182 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0463 Encoder serial number part 4 / Enc ser_no 4 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 183 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0465[0...27] Encoder 1 identification number/serial number / Enc1 ID_no/Ser_no ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 184 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index x + 2 = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 3 = first character of the serial number Index y with contents = last character of the serial number Dependency: Refer to: r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464 Notice:...
  • Page 185 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0471 Redundant coarse position value fine resolution bits / Fine bit Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 186 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0416, p9513 r0473[0...2] Non safety-relevant measuring steps position value pos1 / nsrPos1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 187 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0475 Gx_XIST1 coarse position safe most significant bit / Gx_XIST1 safe MSB Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 188 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0479 CO: Diagnostics encoder position actual value Gn_XIST1 / Diag Gn_XIST1 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 189 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0480[0...2] CI: Encoder control word Gn_STW signal source / Enc Gn_STW S_src VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4700, 4720, 4750 P-Group: Encoder Units group: -...
  • Page 190 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0481[0...2] CO: Encoder status word Gn_ZSW / Enc Gn_ZSW VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4010, 4704, 4730, 4750 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 191 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters - The update time in isochronous operation and with position control (EPOS) corresponds to the position controller clock cycle p0115[4]. - The update time in non-isochronous operation or without position control (EPOS) comprises the following: Update time = 4 * least common multiple (LCM) of all current controller clock cycles (p0115[0]) in the drive group (infeed + drives).
  • Page 192 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 4: Cancellation, reference block search (e.g. reference mark not available or input terminal for external zero mark not set). Zero mark is requested, however according to p0404.12/13/14 there is no zero mark (alarm A07565). 5: Cancellation, fetch reference value (e.g.
  • Page 193 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Lower 16 bits: Redundant coarse encoder position. On an SMx Sensor Module, the encoder coarse position count direction is opposite to r0482 (encoder actual value Gn_XIST1). The value contains 2 bit fine resolution. With a DRIVE-CLiQ encoder, the encoder coarse position count direction is the same as r0482. Dependency: The values are valid when the safety position actual value sensing is activated (p0430.19 = 1).
  • Page 194 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0486 CO: Measuring gear encoder raw value absolute / Enc raw val abs Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 195 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Request function 1 Request function 2 Request function 3 Request function 4 Request command bit 0 Request command bit 1 Request command bit 2 Flying measurement mode/search for...
  • Page 196 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters DI/DO 13 (X132.10/X131.2) DI/DO 14 (X132.12/X131.4) DI/DO 15 (X132.13/X131.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.9/X121.7) DI/DO 12 (X132.9/X131.1) Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0489, p0728 Notice: To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320, the second for CU310.
  • Page 197 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters DI/DO 13 (X132.10/X131.2) DI/DO 14 (X132.12/X131.4) DI/DO 15 (X132.13/X131.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.9/X121.7) DI/DO 12 (X132.9/X131.1) Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0488, p0728 Notice: To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320, the second for CU310.
  • Page 198 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0492 Square-wave encoder maximum speed difference per sampling cycle / n_dif max/samp_cyc Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 199 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0493 Zero mark selection input terminal / ZM_sel inp_term Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 200 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. The terminal must be set as input (p0728). For p0493 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies: - there is no logic operation between the reference mark search and an input signal. For p0493 >...
  • Page 201 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. The terminal must be set as input. For p0495 = 0 (factory setting), the encoder zero mark is evaluated as zero mark. For p0495 > 0, the following applies: Depending on the direction of motion, the positive or negative edge at the appropriate input is evaluated.
  • Page 202 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0496 Encoder diagnostic signal selection / Enc diag select Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 203 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re p0496 = 16: (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat) channel A: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec, channel B: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec Re p0496 = 17 (resolver): absolute value: 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec, number: 1 ... 8 Re p0496 = 17 (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat): absolute value 500 mV <-->...
  • Page 204 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Analog sensor: r0498: raw val chann. A, r0499: raw val chann. B Analog sensor: r0498: fine pos chann. A,r0499: fine pos chann. B Analog sensor: r0498: Fine pos before characteristic, r0499: - Resolver: r0498: Transformation ratio, r0499: phase Spindle: r0498: Sensor S1 (raw), r0499: Sensor S4 (raw) Spindle: r0498: Sensor S5 (raw), r0499: - Spindle: r0498: Sensor S1 (cal), r0499: Sensor S4 (cal)
  • Page 205 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0497 Encoder diagnostic signal double word / Enc diag DW Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 206 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0499 Encoder diagnostic signal high word / Enc diag high word Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 207 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p0500 = 1 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set: p1574 = 2 V (separately-excited synchronous motor: 4 V) p1750.2 = 0 p1802 = 9 (edge modulation), if r0192.0 = 1 p1802 = 4, if r0192.0 = 0 p1803 = 106 % For p0500 = 2 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set:...
  • Page 208 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p514[9]reference quantity 10 Up to 20 BiCos can be scaled to each of these 10 reference quantities. Assignment parameters p515[0..19] up to p524[0..19] have been introduced for this purpose. p0515[0...19] Assignment parameter 1 in reference to p514[0] / BiCoList1_ref1 B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL...
  • Page 209 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p517[0] BiCo number assigned p514[2] (reference quantity 03) p517[19] BiCo number assigned p514[2] (reference quantity 03) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0518[0...19] Assignment parameter 4 in reference to p514[3] / BiCoList4_ref4 B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL...
  • Page 210 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p520[0] BiCo number assigned p514[5] (reference quantity 06) p520[19] BiCo number assigned p514[5] (reference quantity 06) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0521[0...19] Assignment parameter 7 in reference to p514[6] / BiCoList7_ref7 B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL...
  • Page 211 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p523[0] BiCo number assigned p514[8] (reference quantity 09) p523[19] BiCo number assigned p514[8] (reference quantity 09) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0524[0...19] Assignment parameter 10 in reference to p514[9] / BiCoList10_ref10 B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL...
  • Page 212 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0530[0...n] Bearing version selection / Bearing vers sel VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 213 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is pre-assigned in the case of motors from the motor list (p0301) if a bearing version (p0530) is selected. When selecting a catalog motor, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). The information in p0530 should be observed when removing write protection.
  • Page 214 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0571[0...49] Inhibit list motor/closed-loop control parameter calculation / Inhib list calc VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 215 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Notice: The inhibit for the reference value calculation is canceled when new motor parameters (e.g. p0305) are entered and only one drive data set exists (p0180 = 1). This is the case during initial commissioning. Once the motor and control parameters have been calculated (p0340, p3900), the inhibit for the reference value calculation is automatically re-activated.
  • Page 216 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf ft Dependency: Only the unit of the technology controller parameters are switched over (unit group 9_1). Refer to: p0596 Note: When switching over from % into another unit, the following sequence applies: - set p0596 - set p0595 to the required unit p0596...
  • Page 217 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re p0600 = 11: For SINAMICS S120 AC Drive (AC/AC) and using the Control Unit Adapter CUA31, the temperature sensor is connected at the adapter (X210). Re p0600 = 20, 21: The BICO interconnection should be executed via connector input p0608 or p0609. Associated parameters: p0601, p4600 ...
  • Page 218 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: A thermal motor model is calculated corresponding to p0612. Refer to: r0458, p0600, p0612 Note: The temperature sensor for the temperature evaluation is set in p0600. For p0600 = 10 (temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection), the setting in p0601 has no significance. Information on using temperature sensors is provided in the following literature: - hardware description of the appropriate components - SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual...
  • Page 219 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When using a Terminal Module 31 (TM31), the following applies: - the sensor type used is set using p4100. - the temperature signal is interconnected using CO: r4105. p0604[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 2/KTY alarm threshold / Mod 2/KTY A thresh VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: -...
  • Page 220 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters This timer is started when the temperature alarm threshold (p0604) is exceeded. If the timer has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then fault F07011 is output. If the temperature fault threshold (p0605) is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired, then fault F07011 is immediately output.
  • Page 221 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0609[0...3] CI: Motor temperature signal source 3 / Mot_temp S_src 3 VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 222 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0611[0...n] I2t motor model thermal time constant / I2t mot_mod T VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 3), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: 8017 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 223 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0614[0...n] Thermal resistance adaptation reduction factor / Therm R_adapt red VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 224 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p0620 = 1, the following applies: The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035 and the rotor resistance together with the model temperature in r0633. For p0620 = 2, the following applies: The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035.
  • Page 225 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0621, r0623 Note: For p0622 < p0346 the following applies: If identification is activated, the magnetizing time is influenced by p0622. The speed is enabled after measurement is complete, but not before the time in p0346 has elapsed (see r0056 bit 4). The time taken for measurement also depends on the settling time of the measured current.
  • Page 226 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0626[0...n] Motor overtemperature, stator core / Mot T_over core VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: 8017 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: PEM, REL, FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 227 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0629[0...n] Stator resistance reference / R_stator ref VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM, REL, FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 228 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0633[0...n] Mot_temp_mod rotor temperature / Mod rotor temp VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: 8017 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL, FEM Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1...
  • Page 229 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0634, p0635, p0636 p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 3), U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 5722, 6640 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 230 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: In the field-weakening range, synchronous motors can, when a fault condition exists, generate high DC link voltages. The following possibilities exist to protect the drive system from being destroyed due to overvoltage: - limit the maximum speed (p1082) without any additional protection. The maximum speed without protection is calculated as follows: Rotary motors: p1082 [rpm] <= 11.695 * r0297/p0316 [Nm/A] Linear motors: p1082 [m/min] <= 73.484 *r0297/0316 [N/A]...
  • Page 231 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p0651 = 0, the operating hours counter is disabled. When setting p0651 to 0, then p0650 is automatically set to 0. The operating hours counter only runs with motor data set 0 and 1 (MDS). p0652[0...n] Motor stator resistance scaling / Mot R_stator scal VECTOR_G...
  • Page 232 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0358, r0380 p0658[0...n] Motor damping inductance q axis scaling / Mot L_damp q scal VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func.
  • Page 233 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320, the second for CU310. To select the values: For CX32, NX10 and NX15, only DI/DO 8, 9, 10, 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as input (p0728.x = 0).
  • Page 234 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Permissible combinations in p0922 are: p0922 = 391, 392, 393, 394 Re p0684 = 16: Changing this evaluation procedure to p0684 = 0 or to p0684 = 1 is only activated after parameter save and POWER Permissible combinations in p0922 are: p0922 = 395 r0685...
  • Page 235 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0687[0...7] CO: Central measuring probe measuring time falling edge / CenMeas t_meas 1/0 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 236 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The binector inputs of the corresponding command data set are appropriately interconnected. The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory. Example: p0700 = 6 --> macro file PM000006.ACX is run. Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p1000, p1500, r8571 Notice:...
  • Page 237 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters DI/DO 10 (X122.12/X121.10) High DI/DO 11 (X122.13/X121.11) High DI/DO 12 (X132.9/X131.1) High DI/DO 13 (X132.10/X131.2) High DI/DO 14 (X132.12/X131.4) High DI/DO 15 (X132.13/X131.5) High DI 16 (X122.5/X120.3) High DI 17 (X122.6/X120.4) High DI 20 (X132.5/X120.9) High DI 21 (X132.6/X120.10) High...
  • Page 238 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0723.0...21 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status inverted / CU DI status inv CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2020, 2030, CU_G150_DP, 2031, 2100, 2119, 2120, 2130, CU_G150_PN 2131, 2132, 2133...
  • Page 239 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0729 CU digital outputs access authority / CU DO acc_auth CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2030, 2031, CU_G150_DP, 2130, 2131, 2132, 2133 CU_G150_PN P-Group: Commands Units group: -...
  • Page 240 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p0728.9 = 1). DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output p0740 BI: CU signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 / CU S_src DI/DO 10 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1 CU_G130_PN,...
  • Page 241 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320, the second for CU310. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p0728.13 = 1). DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output p0744 BI: CU signal source for terminal DI/DO 14 / CU S_src DI/DO 14...
  • Page 242 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Inversion using p0748 has been taken into account. DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output p0748 CU invert digital outputs / CU DO inv CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.
  • Page 243 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0774[0...2] Test sockets output voltage / TestSkts U_output CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 244 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0778[0...2] Test socket characteristic value y1 / Test skt char y1 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8134 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 245 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0783[0...2] Test sockets offset / Test skt offset CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8134 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 246 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0788[0...2] Test sockets physical address / Test skt PhyAddr CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 247 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DI 0 (X122.1/X121.1) Simulation Terminal eval DI 1 (X122.2/X121.2) Simulation Terminal eval DI 2 (X122.3/X121.3) Simulation Terminal eval DI 3 (X122.4/X121.4) Simulation Terminal eval DI 4 (X132.1 / -) Simulation Terminal eval DI 5 (X132.2 / -)
  • Page 248 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters DI 20 (X132.5/X120.9) High DI 21 (X132.6/X120.10) High Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p0795. Refer to: p0795 Notice: To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320, the second for CU310. Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
  • Page 249 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Bit 0 = 0: BICO interconnection active Bit 0 = 1: Master control for PC/AOP The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example. p0809[0...2] Copy Command Data Set CDS / Copy CDS VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: -...
  • Page 250 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0819[0...2] Copy Drive Data Set DDS / Copy DDS VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(15) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8565 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 251 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0823[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 3 / DDS select., bit 3 VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(15), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func.
  • Page 252 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A motor is only changed over (a new motor selected) after the pulses have been suppressed. When the motor data sets are changed over, the following applies: Bit numbers that are not identical, signify that the motor must be changed over. p0828[0...n] BI: Motor changeover feedback signal / Mot_chng fdbk sig VECTOR_G...
  • Page 253 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Example: A changeover is to be made between MDS0 (motor 0) and MDS1 (motor 1). The contactors should be switched using bit 4 (contactor 0) and 5 (contactor 1). The changeover should be made with an interconnection of the feedback signal.
  • Page 254 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0833 Data set changeover configuration / DS_chng config VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(15) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8575 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 255 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: This parameter is only supplied with up-to-date values if data set changeover has been selected or is running. Re bit 00: The signal is only influenced when a motor changeover is set via p0827 (unequal bit numbers). Re bit 01: The signal is only influenced when an encoder changeover is set via p0187, p0188, or p0189.
  • Page 256 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DDS select. bit 0 DDS select. bit 1 DDS select. bit 2 DDS select. bit 3 DDS select. bit 4 Dependency: Refer to: r0051, p0820, p0821, p0822, p0823, p0824 Note: Drive data sets are selected via binector input p0820 and following.
  • Page 257 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the motor can be moved, jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056. The command "ON/OFF (OFF1)" can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055/p1056. For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the switch-on inhibit is acknowledged. Only the signal source that originally powered up can also power down again.
  • Page 258 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2 B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func.
  • Page 259 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func.
  • Page 260 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 (STW1.10). BI: p0854 = 0 signal No control by PLC BI: p0854 = 1 signal Master control by PLC. Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
  • Page 261 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0856[0...n] BI: Speed controller enable / n_ctrl enable VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2501, 2701, 2707 P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 262 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0860 BI: Line contactor feedback signal / Line contact feedb B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2634, 8734, 8834, 8934 P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 263 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Closed-loop control operation 2610, 8710, 8810, 8910 Energize contactor 2610, 2634, 7990, 8734, 8834, 8934 Infeed line supply failure Dependency: Refer to: p0864 Note: Re bit 00: Bit 0 signals that the infeed is ready.
  • Page 264 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters When operating a drive connected to SINUMERIK, which only closes the main contactor with the OFF1 command (blocksize, chassis), p0867 should be set as a minimum to 50 ms. p0868 Power unit DC switch debounce time / PU DC sw t_deboun VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: -...
  • Page 265 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0874 BI: Smart/ Basic Line Module operation / SLM/BLM operation B_INF Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8732, 8832 P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 266 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0896.0 BO: Parking axis, status word / Parking axis, ZSW VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 267 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Synchronization signal SYN Real time synchronization PING Acknowledge fault Master sign-of-life bit 0 Master sign-of-life bit 1 Master sign-of-life bit 2 Master sign-of-life bit 3 r0898.10 CO/BO: Control word sequence control encoder DO / STW seq_ctrl encDO Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 268 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Sw on inhibit Control request Pre-charging compl Line contactor closed Note: Re bits 00, 01, 02, 04, 06, 09: For PROFIdrive, these signals are used for status word 1. r0899.0...15 CO/BO: Status word drive object 1 / ZSW DO1 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 269 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the send and receive telegram. Value: 370: SIEMENS telegram 370, PZD-1/1 371: SIEMENS telegram 371, PZD-5/8 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Note: If a value is not equal to 999, a telegram is set and the automatically set interconnections in the telegram are inhibited.
  • Page 270 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Sets the send and receive telegram. Value: 390: SIEMENS telegram 390, PZD-2/2 391: SIEMENS telegram 391, PZD-3/7 392: SIEMENS telegram 392, PZD-3/15 393: SIEMENS telegram 393, PZD-4/21 394:...
  • Page 271 Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2 Standard telegram 2, PZD-4/4 Standard telegram 3, PZD-5/9 Standard telegram 4, PZD-6/14 Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6 220: SIEMENS telegram 220, PZD-10/10 352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Caution: Telegrams 2, 3 and 4 are not suitable for sensorless vector control (p1300 = 20). For sensorless vector control, it is necessary that the setpoint speed is entered at the ramp-function generator input (e.g.
  • Page 272 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0930 PROFIdrive operating mode / PD operating mode VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 273 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0946[0...65534] Fault code list / Fault code list All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0...
  • Page 274 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the device identification. Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42) [1] = Device type [2] = Firmware version [3] = Firmware date (year) [4] = Firmware date (day/month) [5] = Number of drive objects...
  • Page 275 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Device type: r0964[1] = 5200 --> SINAMICS G150 CU320-2 DP r0964[1] = 5201 --> SINAMICS G150 CU320-2 PN r0964[1] = 5210 --> SINAMICS G130 CU320-2 DP r0964[1] = 5211 --> SINAMICS G130 CU320-2 PN...
  • Page 276 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0970 ENCODER reset parameters / ENC par reset Can be changed: C2(30) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Factory settings Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 277 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0970 TM31 reset parameters / TM31 par reset TM31 Can be changed: C2(30) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Factory settings Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 278 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Parameters p0100, p0205 (only for VECTOR) and the parameters of the basic drive commissioning (p0009) are not reset (p0107, p0108, p0111, p0112, p0115, p0121, p0130, p0131, p0140, p0141, p0142, p0170, p0186 ... p0189). These can only be reset using the factory setting of the complete drive unit (p0976). Value: Inactive Start a parameter reset...
  • Page 279 Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Displays the identification of the drive object. Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42) [1] = Drive object type [2] = Firmware version [3] = Firmware date (year) [4] = Firmware date (day/month) [5] = PROFIdrive drive object type class...
  • Page 280 Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=10 Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=11 Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=12 Start download Siemens internal setting 20 Start download Siemens internal setting 21 Start download Siemens internal setting 22...
  • Page 281 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 1011: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1011 1012: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1012 1013: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1013 Dependency: Refer to: p0976, p1960, p3845, r3996 Notice: The Control Unit power supply may only be powered down after data has been saved (i.e. after data save has been started, wait until the parameter again has the value 0).
  • Page 282 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0979[0...10] PROFIdrive encoder format / PD encoder format ENC (Lin_enc) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 283 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0981, r0989 Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a long list, index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues. This list consists solely of the following parameters: r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ...
  • Page 284 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0991[0...99] List of modified parameters 2 / List chang par 2 All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 285 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3010 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 286 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1005[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 5 / n_set_fixed 5 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3010 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 287 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1009[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 9 / n_set_fixed 9 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3010 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 288 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1013[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 13 / n_set_fixed 13 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3010 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 289 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1021[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 1 / n_set_fixed Bit 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2505, 3010, 3011 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: -...
  • Page 290 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1024 CO: Fixed speed setpoint effective / n_set_fixed eff VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3010, 3011 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 291 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 03: 0: Non-volatile data save de-activated. 1: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for bit 00 = 1). Re bit 04: When the bit is set, the ramp-function generator is computed independent of the pulse enable. The actual output value of the motorized potentiometer is always in r1050.
  • Page 292 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: This parameter is automatically pre-assigned in the commissioning phase. The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value. p1039[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer inversion / MotP inv VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary...
  • Page 293 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1043[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer accept setting value / MotP acc set val VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3020 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 294 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The setpoint is changed from the speed/velocity limit (p1082) to zero within this time (if no initial rounding-off has been activated). Dependency: Refer to: p1030, p1047, p1082 Note: The deceleration time is extended corresponding to the activated initial rounding-off (p1030.2). r1050 CO: Motor.
  • Page 295 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056. The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056. Only the signal source that was used to power up can also be used to power down again. p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1 VECTOR_G...
  • Page 296 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3001, 3030 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 297 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective / Suppl setpoint eff VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3030 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1...
  • Page 298 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1082[0...n] Maximum speed / n_max VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 2820, 3020, 3050, 3060, 3070, 3095 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 299 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1084 CO: Speed limit positive effective / n_limit pos eff VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3050, 3095 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 300 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1091[0...n] Skip speed 1 / n_skip 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3050 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1...
  • Page 301 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1098[0...n] CI: Skip speed scaling / n_skip scal VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3050 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT...
  • Page 302 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1106[0...n] CI: Minimum speed signal source / n_min s_src VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3050 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 303 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1114 CO: Setpoint after the direction limiting / Setp after limit VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3040, 3050 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 304 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 305 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1134[0...n] Ramp-function generator rounding-off type / RFG round-off type VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3070 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 306 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1138[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-up time scaling / RFG t_RU scal VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 307 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters BI: p1141 = 1 signal: Continue ramp-function generator. Dependency: Refer to: p1140, p1142 Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The ramp-function generator is, independent of the state of the signal source, active in the following cases: - OFF1/OFF3.
  • Page 308 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1144[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator setting value / RFG setting value VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 309 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1149 CO: Ramp-function generator acceleration / RFG acceleration VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 39_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2007 Expert list: 1...
  • Page 310 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1152 BI: Setpoint 2 enable / Setp 2 enab VECTOR_G (Ext Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 brake) Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2711, 4015 P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 311 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1170 CO: Speed controller setpoint sum / n_ctrl setp sum VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3080, 6300 P-Group: Setpoints Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 312 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Inhibit positive direction 3040 Setpoint inversion 3040 Motorized potentiometer raise 3020 Motorized potentiometer lower 3020 Bypass ramp-function generator 3060, 3070 r1199.0...8 CO/BO: Ramp-function generator status word / RFG ZSW VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16...
  • Page 313 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If only one VSM is connected, then this can be used for the flying restart (p1200) (for induction motors, also see p0247 bit 5). When activating flying restart, line synchronization must be deactivated (p3800 = 0). Refer to: p1201 Notice: The "flying restart"...
  • Page 314 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 315 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Speed adaptation circuit record angle Speed adaptation circuit set gain to 0 Isd channel enable Speed control switched out Quadrature arm switched in Special transformation active Speed adaptation circuit set I comp to 0 Current control on Isd_set = 0 A...
  • Page 316 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0209, p0210, r1214 p1208[0...1] BI: AR modification infeed / AR modification VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 317 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1210 Automatic restart mode / AR mode VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 318 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This parameter setting is active for p1210 = 6. For p1210 = 4, the parameter only has an influence if, when attempting to start, an additional line phase failure (F06200) occurs. A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" (r1214.0) and "wait for alarm" (r1214.1). Refer to: p1210, r1214 Notice: After fault F07320 occurs, the power-on command must be withdrawn and all of the faults acknowledged so that the...
  • Page 319 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1212 Automatic restart delay time start attempts / AR t_wait start B_INF Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 320 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The monitoring time must be extended if the faults that occur cannot be immediately and successfully acknowledged (e.g. for faults that are permanently present). Re index 1: The start counter (refer to r1214) is only set back to the starting value p1211 if, after successful restart, the time in p1213[1] has expired.
  • Page 321 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Delay time running after automatic power- Fault Effective fault Start count. bit 0 Start count. bit 1 Start count. bit 2 Start count. bit 3 Note: Re bit 00: State to display the single initialization after POWER ON. Re bit 01: State in which the automatic restart function waits for faults (initial state).
  • Page 322 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 02: General display that a fault has been identified and that the restart or acknowledgement has been initiated. Re bit 03: Displays the acknowledge command within the "acknowledge alarms" state (bit 4 = 1). For bit 5 = 1 or bit 6 = 1, the acknowledge command is continually displayed.
  • Page 323 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1216 Motor holding brake opening time / Brake t_open VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2701, 2711 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 324 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1219[0...3] BI: Immediately close motor holding brake / Close brake VECTOR_G (Ext Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 brake) Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2707 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 325 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: 1 signal: Brake closed. When braking with 1 feedback signal, the inverted feedback signal is connected to the BICO input for the second feedback signal (p1223). For r1229.5 = 1, OFF1/OFF3 are suppressed to prevent the drive accelerating by a load that drives the motor - whereby OFF2 remains effective.
  • Page 326 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Acts on the actual value and setpoint monitoring. When braking with OFF1 or OFF3, when the threshold is undershot, standstill is identified. The following applies when the brake control is activated: When the threshold is undershot, the brake control is started and the system waits for the brake closing time in p1217.
  • Page 327 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1229.1...11 CO/BO: Motor holding brake status word / Brake ZSW VECTOR_G (Ext Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 brake) Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 328 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Danger: Re p1231 = 1, 2: - only short-circuit-proof motors may be used, or suitable resistors must be used to short-circuit the motor Re p1231 = 3: - when the internal voltage protection is active, after pulse suppression, all of the motor terminals are at half of the DC link voltage (without an internal voltage protection, the motor terminals are at zero potential)! - it is only permissible to use motors that are short-circuit proof (p0320 <...
  • Page 329 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re p1231 = 5: DC braking can only be set for induction motors. DC braking is activated if the OFF1 or OFF3 command is present. Binector input p1230 is ineffective. If the drive speed still lies above the speed threshold p1234, then initially, the drive is ramped-down to this threshold, demagnetized (see p0347) and is then switched into DC braking for the time set in p1233.
  • Page 330 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1234[0...n] Speed at the start of DC braking / DCBRK n_start VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: 7017 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL, FEM...
  • Page 331 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If no contactor feedback signal has been selected (p1235), then the system waits for this time before the pulses are switched in. Dependency: Refer to: p1230, p1231, p1235, p1236, r1239 Notice: This delay time must be at least long enough so that the contactor contacts reliably open before the pulses are switched in.
  • Page 332 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1239.0...13 CO/BO: Armature short-circuit / DC braking status word / ASC/DCBRK ZSW VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 333 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 06: a) Internal voltage protection (p1231 = 3) was selected and the Motor Module does not support the autonomous internal voltage protection (r0192.10 = 0). The internal voltage protection is ready and is activated as soon as the activation criterion is fulfilled. a) Internal voltage protection (p1231 = 3) was selected and the Motor Module supports the autonomous internal voltage protection (r0192.10 = 1).
  • Page 334 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1242 Vdc_max controller switch-in level / Vdc_max on_level VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6220 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1...
  • Page 335 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For SINAMICS GM/SM, the following applies: Minimum value = 0.75, Maximum value = 0.90 r1246 Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
  • Page 336 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The gain factor is proportional to the capacitance of the DC link. The parameter is pre-set to a value that is optimally adapted to the capacitance of the individual Motor Module. The capacitances of the other power units, which are connected to the DC link, can be taken into account using the dynamic factor (p1247 or p1243).
  • Page 337 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1256[0...n] Vdc_min controller response (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min response VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 338 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The "bypass" function can only be switched off again (p1260 = 0) if the bypass is not active or the bypass function has a fault. The corresponding function should be activated in p3800 for bypass with synchronization. r1261.0...11 CO/BO: Bypass control/status word / Bypass STW / ZSW VECTOR_G...
  • Page 339 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1264 Bypass delay time / Bypass t_del VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 340 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1268 BI: Bypass feedback synchronization completed / FS sync compl VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 341 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For U/f control and sensorless vector control, flying restart is not carried out (refer to p1200). Refer to: r0192, p1900, p1910, p1960, p1990 Notice: In simulation mode, binector output r0863.1 = 1 is set. This is why you need to check whether other devices are powered up via this signal before activating simulation mode.
  • Page 342 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1277 Motor holding brake braking threshold delay exceeded / Del thresh exceed VECTOR_G (Ext Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 brake) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2707 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 343 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1280[0...n] Vdc controller or Vdc monitoring configuration (U/f) / Vdc_ctr config U/f VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6300, 6320 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 344 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1283[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor (U/f) / Vdc_max dyn_factor VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6320 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 345 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1287[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) (U/f) / Vdc_min dyn_factor VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6320 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 346 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1291[0...n] Vdc controller integral time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Tn VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6320 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 347 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: If a time threshold has been parameterized, the Vdc_max controller should also be activated (p1280 = 3) so that the drive does not shut down with overvoltage when Vdc_min control is exited (due to the time violation) and in the event of fault response OFF3.
  • Page 348 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters U/f control for a parabolic characteristic and ECO Operation with braking resistor U/f control with independent voltage setpoint Recommend.: The use of the vector control operating modes is recommended for synchronous motors. Dependency: If you are working with reduced supply voltages (p0212.0 = 1), only U/f control with independent voltage setpoint (p1300 = 19) can be set as the operating mode.
  • Page 349 180 degrees, thereby achieving a negative output voltage. The voltage boost is in this case not active (p1310, p1311). Re bit 02: Only for internal Siemens use. Re bit 06: Only for p1300 = 19.
  • Page 350 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters At low output frequencies, there is only a low output voltage in order to maintain the motor flux. However, the output voltage can be too low in order to achieve the following: - magnetize the induction motor. - hold the load.
  • Page 351 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1315 Voltage boost total / U_boost total VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6301 P-Group: U/f open-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1...
  • Page 352 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The following applies to the frequency values: p1320 <= p1322 <= p1324 <= p1326. Otherwise, a standard characteristic is used that contains the rated motor operating point. Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326, p1327 p1323[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 2 / Uf char U2 VECTOR_G...
  • Page 353 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ... p1326/p1327. For output frequencies above p1326, the characteristic is extrapolated with the gradient between the characteristic points p1324/p1325 and p1326/p1327. The voltage boost when accelerating (p1311) is also applied to the freely programmable U/f characteristic. p1327[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 4 / Uf char U4 VECTOR_G...
  • Page 354 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p1333 = 0 Hz, the FCC starting frequency is automatically set to 6 % of the rated motor frequency. p1334[0...n] U/f control slip compensation starting frequency / Slip comp start VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32...
  • Page 355 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: p1335 > 0 %: Slip compensation active. Refer to: p1335 p1338[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping gain / Uf Res_damp gain VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
  • Page 356 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1341[0...n] I_max frequency controller integral time / I_max_ctrl Tn VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6300 P-Group: U/f open-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 357 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The controller settings are also used in the current controller of the DC braking (refer to p1232). For p1346 = 0, the following applies: The integral time of the I_max voltage controller is de-activated. r1348 CO: U/f control Eco factor actual value / U/f Eco fac act v VECTOR_G...
  • Page 358 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1351[0...n] CO: Motor holding brake starting frequency / Brake f_start VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6310 P-Group: U/f open-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 359 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1362[0...1] Braking chopper activation threshold / Br_chop thresh VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: U/f open-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 360 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Phase U Dependency: The signal is only displayed in operating mode p1300 = 19 (U/f control with independent voltage setpoint) and is used to control DC currents (e.g. for excitation (field) controllers). p1400[0...n] Speed control configuration / n_ctrl config VECTOR_G (n/M)
  • Page 361 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Flux build-up control active 6722, 6723, 6725, 6726 Flux characteristic load-dependent 6725 Flux controller (ASM with encoder) Flux impression (ASM with encoder) with model chngov From 30 % n_rated Quick magnetizing 6722 Pre-control speed limitation 6640 Speed limiting controller With M_limits...
  • Page 362 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Changeover current model/voltage model with speed setpoint d-current controller adaptation model-based Yes Current controller precontrol active for Vdc controller oper. Note: Re bit 00: When the bit is set, the speed following error is compensated that is obtained as a result of the smoothing time constant in p1441.
  • Page 363 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Encoderless operation due to a fault I/f control active Torque limit reached (without pre-control) 6060 Speed limiting control active 6640 Acceleration model activated Moment of inertia estimator active Load estimate active Moment of inertia estimator stabilized r1408.0...15 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl VECTOR_G (n/M)
  • Page 364 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1429[0...n] Speed pre-control balancing time constant / n_prectr bal T VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 5030, 5042, 5210, 6031 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 365 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Recommend.: The reference model is correctly set when the characteristics of p1439 (reference model output) and p1445 (actual speed value) are virtually identical when the I component of the speed controller is disabled. Dependency: In conjunction with p1433 and p1435, the characteristics (in time) of the P-controlled speed control loop can be emulated.
  • Page 366 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1438 CO: Speed controller speed setpoint / n_ctrl n_set VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3001, 5019, 5030, 5042, 5210, 6020, 6031 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 367 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1441[0...n] Actual speed smoothing time / n_act T_smooth VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4710, 4715 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 368 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r1119, p1155, p1160 r1445 CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6040 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 369 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1456[0...n] Speed controller P gain adaptation lower starting point / n_ctrl AdaptKpLow VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6050 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 370 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1460[0...n] Speed controller P gain adaptation speed lower / n_ctrl Kp n lower VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6020, 6040 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 371 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition point p1464, then the controller integral time below p1465 is adapted with p1463. This means that an adaptation can be implemented for low speeds without having to change the controller parameters.
  • Page 372 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1468 CO: Speed controller P-gain effective / n_ctr Kp eff VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6040 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 373 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Recommend.: To hold the actual torque when stopping the motor, you are advised to set p1400 bit 1 = 1. As a result, the integral component of the speed controller is frozen when changing to the open-loop controlled operating range. Dependency: The switching in of the torque setting value for the motor holding brake has a higher priority than the setting of the integrator value using p1477 and p1478.
  • Page 374 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1479[0...n] CI: Speed controller integrator setting value scaling / n_ctrl I_val scal VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6040 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 375 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1487[0...n] Droop compensation torque scaling / Droop M_comp scal VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6030 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 376 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1492[0...n] BI: Droop feedback enable / Droop enable VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2520, 6030 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 377 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Warning: The acceleration precontrol r1518 is kept at the old value if the ramp-function generator tracking (r1199.5) is active or the ramp-function generator output is set (r1199.3). This is used to avoid torque peaks. Depending on the application, it may therefore be necessary to disable the ramp-function generator tracking (p1145 = 0) or the acceleration precontrol (p1496 = 0).
  • Page 378 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group! When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8573.
  • Page 379 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1508 CO: Torque setpoint before supplementary torque / M_set bef. M_suppl VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6030, 6060, 6722 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 380 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1515 Supplementary torque total / M_suppl total VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6060 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: p2003...
  • Page 381 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: Access level: 2 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6020, 6630 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 382 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1523[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower / M_max lower VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6020, 6630 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 383 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1527 CO: Torque limit lower without offset / M_max low w/o offs VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6060, 6630, 6640 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 384 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1531[0...n] Power limit regenerative / P_max gen VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: Access level: 2 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6640 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 385 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1538 CO: Upper effective torque limit / M_max upper eff VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6640 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 386 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1545[0...n] BI: Activates travel to a fixed stop / TfS activation VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2520, 3617, 8012 P-Group: Commands Units group: -...
  • Page 387 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Example: In order that for a Quick Stop (OFF3) the fixed torque limit is effective, binector input: p1551 must be interconnected to r0899.5. p1552[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling without offset / M_max up w/o offs VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: -...
  • Page 388 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1556[0...n] Power limit scaling / P_max scal VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6640 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 389 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1563[0...n] CO: Mom. of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation pos. / J_est M pos VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (J_estimator) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func.
  • Page 390 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1570[0...n] CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6722 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL Scaling: PERCENT...
  • Page 391 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1574[0...n] Voltage reserve dynamic / U_reserve dyn VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: Access level: 3 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6723, 6724 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 392 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1580[0...n] Efficiency optimization / Efficiency opt. VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6722 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL, FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 393 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1585[0...n] Flux actual value smoothing time / Flux actVal T_smth VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6726 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL...
  • Page 394 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The value is automatically pre-assigned dependent on the motor when the drive system is first commissioned. When calculating controller parameters (p0340 = 4), this value is re-calculated. r1593[0...1] CO: Field weakening controller / flux controller output / Field/Fl_ctrl outp VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 395 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1597 CO: Field weakening controller output / Field_ctrl outp VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6723 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL Scaling: PERCENT...
  • Page 396 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1602 CO: P flux controller output / P flux ctrl outp VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6726, 6727 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL...
  • Page 397 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1607[0...n] Pulse technique stimulus / Puls stimulus VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, REL, FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 398 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Negative values are converted into positive setpoints in the case of induction and permanent-magnet synchronous motors. p1611[0...n] Additional acceleration torque (sensorless) / M_suppl_accel VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
  • Page 399 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: This parameter is only effective in the range where current is injected for sensorless vector control. For permanent magnet synchronous motors, the parameter is effective over the complete speed range. For induction motors, the current setpoint is calculated from p1610 and p1611 and for separately excited synchronous motors the torque setpoint is calculated from p1610 and p1611.
  • Page 400 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If the value that is entered exceeds the rated speed, then a change is made to the inner cos phi = 1 over the complete speed range. p1622[0...n] Field-generating current setpoint smoothing time constant / Id_setp T_smth VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: -...
  • Page 401 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1626 CO: Excitation current setpoint / I_exc_setp VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6727 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1...
  • Page 402 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1631 Current model controller P gain effective / I_mod ctrl Kp eff VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6727 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL...
  • Page 403 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1636 Current model controller output / I_mod_ctrl outp VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6727 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL Scaling: p2002...
  • Page 404 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1641 Excitation current actual value / I_exc_act val VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6727, 8018 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL Scaling: PERCENT...
  • Page 405 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Excitation ready to be powered up [1] = Excitation ready [2] = Excitation operational [3] = Excitation group signal fault [4] = Excitation group signal alarm [5] = Not used [6] = Not used [7] = Excitation at the voltage limit Dependency: Refer to: r1649...
  • Page 406 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1649.0...8 CO/BO: Excitation status word / Excitation ZSW VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6495 P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 407 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1654[0...n] Curr. setpoint torque-gen. smoothing time field weakening range / Isq_s T_smth FW VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6710 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 408 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The denominator damping can be determined from the equation for the 3 dB bandwidth: f_3dB bandwidth = 2 * D_denominator * f_bandstop frequency p1658[0...n] Current setpoint filter 1 denominator natural frequency / I_set_filt 1 fn_d VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON...
  • Page 409 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Current setpoint filter 2 is activated via p1656.1 and parameterized via p1662 ... p1666. Note: For a general 2nd-order filter, by inserting the same natural frequency in both the numerator and in the denominator, i.e.
  • Page 410 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1677[0...n] Speed actual value filter 5 type / n_act_filt 5 type VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4715 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 411 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1681[0...n] Speed actual value filter 5 numerator damping / n_act_filt 5 D_n VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4715 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 412 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1704[0...n] Isq current controller pre-control EMF scaling / Isq_ctrl EMF scal VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6714, 6726 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 413 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1719 Isq controller integral component / Isq_ctrl I_comp VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6714 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: p2001...
  • Page 414 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1727[0...n] Quadrature arm decoupling at voltage limit scaling / TrnsvDecplVmaxScal VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6714 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 415 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 5700, 5714, 6714, 5718 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 416 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1745[0...n] Motor model error threshold stall detection / MotMod ThreshStall VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 417 If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate.
  • Page 418 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters As an alternative to a warm restart: save the parameters and carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). When the function "safety without encoder" (p9306/p9506) is activated, this setting is not permissible and results in monitoring errors.
  • Page 419 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 18: Displays the status when enabling the differential current feedback in the current model for operation with encoder. The function is automatically enabled with p1784 > 0 or p1731 > 0. The feedback is used for a rugged change between the current model and complete machine model with active rugged model feedback and combination current.
  • Page 420 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1755[0...n] Motor model changeover speed encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgSnsorl VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 421 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1758[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed/open-loop control / MotMod t cl_op VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 422 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1762[0...1] Motor model deviation component 1 / MotMod dev comp 1 VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6721, 6730, 6731 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL, FEM...
  • Page 423 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1766[0...n] Motor model voltage model calculation enable / U_mod calc enab VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, REL...
  • Page 424 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1773[0...1] Motor model slip speed / MotMod slip VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL, FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 425 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Changeover ramp motor model [1] = Changeover ramp model tracking [2] = Changeover ramp zero frequency encoderless ASM [3] = Changeover ramp actual speed encoderless FEM [4] = Enable speed controller encoderless FEM [5] = Changeover ramp motor model encoderless FEM [6] = Changeover ramp motor model encoderless PESM Note:...
  • Page 426 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Fast pulsed pole position identification Delay of the precontrol speed to the motor model RESM: Linear Q flux model active not active Dependency: In U/f characteristic operating mode, only bit 7 and bit 11 are relevant. For active motor model feedback (see p1784), the Lh adaptation is internally deactivated automatically.
  • Page 427 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1786[0...n] Motor model Lh adaptation integral time / MotMod Lh Tn VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL, FEM...
  • Page 428 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1797[0...n] Motor model kT adaptation corrective value / MotMod kT corr VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6731 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, REL, FEM...
  • Page 429 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: The pulse frequency p1800 can also be asynchronously set to the current controller clock cycle (0.05 kHz increment). To do this, p1810.12 must be set to 1 (secondary condition, see p1810). Effects: - switching over the gating unit (p1810.2). - activating the current actual value correction (p1840.0).
  • Page 430 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters SVM with pulse frequency reduction SVM/FLB with pulse frequency reduction No edge modulation up to 100 Hz No edge modulation up to 60 Hz Edge modulation Optimized pulse pattern Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), or if the power unit firmware is not able to calculate edge modulation (r0192.0 = 0), then only space vector modulation without overcontrol can be set as modulation type (p1802 = 3).
  • Page 431 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1807 Actual DC link voltage to calculate the modulation depth / VdcActValMod_depth VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 432 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Pulse frequency reduction (speed dependent) stage 2 Activate pulse-locking/pulse-dropping Pulse-Dropping Pulse-Locking function Pulse freq. can be asynchronously set to curr. ctrl clock cycle Pulse freq. reduction before optimized pulse patterns for 500 µs Deactivate maximum angular difference adaptation Increase overmodulation range Dependency:...
  • Page 433 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 10 = 1: Pulse-dropping function activated. Re bit 12 = 0: The pulse frequency p1800 can also be synchronously set to the current controller clock cycle (see r0114). Bit 12 can only be set from 1 to 0 if the pulse frequency p1800 is set synchronously to the current controller clock cycle.
  • Page 434 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A change only becomes effective after booting. If one of the following secondary conditions is not fulfilled, then none of the power units from the subgroup are clocked with an offset. Secondary conditions for clocking with an offset: - the PWM frequency (p1800[D]) of all power units in the subgroup must be the same.
  • Page 435 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p1819 Phase for PWM generation / Ph for PWM VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16...
  • Page 436 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1821[0...n] Dir of rot / Dir of rot VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4704, 4710, 4711, 4715, 5730, 6730, 6731, 6732 P-Group: Motor Units group: -...
  • Page 437 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1828 Compensation valve lockout time phase U / Comp t_lock ph U VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 438 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1835[0...1] Pulse frequency reduction switchover frequency shift / f_puls_red f_sw VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL, FEM Scaling: -...
  • Page 439 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Short-circuit test active FL modulation prohibited F3E present Angle prerotation (advance) active in SW Power unit with PS interface Current measurement oversampling active Actual value averaging temporarily suppressed Modulation depth limiting Reduced DC link capacitance (without F3E) Yes The setpoint is not reset Voltage calibration active p1840[0...n]...
  • Page 440 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The load-dependent adaptation of the leakage inductance of the current actual value correction is defined using p0391 ... p0393. p1846[0...n] Actual value correction damping factor / ActV_corr D_factor VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32...
  • Page 441 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1900 = 2: Induction motors --> set p1910 = 1 and p1960 = 0 Permanent-magnet or separately-excited synchronous motors --> set p1910 = 1, p1990 = 1 and p1960 = 0 When the drive enable signals are present, a motor data identification routine is carried out at standstill with the next power-on command.
  • Page 442 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For permanent-magnet or separately-excited synchronous motors, the encoder is adjusted with the next power-on command. The motor must be free to rotate and rotates through 1.5 revolutions of the motor encoder. p1900 = 3: Sets p1960 = 0, 1, 2 depending on p1300 This setting should only be selected if the motor data identification was already carried out at standstill.
  • Page 443 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1902 Test pulse evaluation status / Test puls ev stat VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 444 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Stator inductance estimate no measurement Cl.-loop current control w/ dead-beat controller Rotor time constant estimate no measurement Leakage inductance estimate no measurement Activates the identification dynamic leakage inductance Determine Tr and Lsig evaluation in the time range...
  • Page 445 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Rectangular voltage vector input with filter Triangular voltage vector input with filter Enter voltage vector with DTC correction Enter voltage vector with AVC Enter voltage vector with DTC + AVC correction Dependency: "Quick commissioning" must be carried out (p0010 = 1) before executing the motor data identification routine! In the simulation mode, the parameter cannot be written into.
  • Page 446 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1913[0...2] Identified rotor time constant / T_rotor ident VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 447 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1917[0...2] Identified stator inductance 2 / L_stator 2 ident VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 448 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1921[0...2] Identified dynamic leakage inductance 1 / L_leak 1 dyn id VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 449 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1925[0...2] Identified threshold voltage / U_threshold ident VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 450 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1934[0...9] q inductance identified / Lq ident VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 451 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 05: p0391, p0392, p0393, p1402.2 only for induction motors p1960 = 1, 3: p1458, p1459, p1470, p1472, p1496, p1400.0 p1960 = 2, 4: p1458, p1459, p1460, p1462, p1496, p1461, p1463 The identification of the q leakage inductance can only be carried out for unloaded motors or motors with a low load (load approx.
  • Page 452 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When the rotating measurement is activated, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971, p0977). Parameter changes are automatically made for the rotating measurement (e.g. p1120); this is the reason that up to the end of the measurement, and if no faults are present, no manual changes should be made.
  • Page 453 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1964[0...4] Saturation characteristic rotor flux / Sat_char rot flux VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM, REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 454 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1968 Speed_ctrl_opt dynamic factor actual / n_opt dyn_fact act VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 455 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1972[0...1] Speed_ctrl_opt vibration test number of periods determined / n_opt per_qty det VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL...
  • Page 456 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1980[0...n] PolID technique / PolID technique VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 457 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1984 PolID angular difference / PolID ang diff VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 458 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1990 Encoder adjustment determine angular commutation offset / Enc_adj det ang VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor identification Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM Scaling: -...
  • Page 459 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: For p1999 > 100 % (setting large moments of inertia) the following applies: There is no locked rotor monitoring (F07970 fault value 2). The plausibility check of the encoder signal (F07970 fault value 4) only checks the sign. Note: For high moments of inertia, it is practical to scale the runtime of the calibration higher.
  • Page 460 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word). The following applies: Reference frequency (in Hz) = reference speed (in ((rpm) / 60) x pole pair number) Dependency: Refer to: p2001, p2002, p2003, r2004 Note:...
  • Page 461 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0305[1] = 50 A Rated motor current 50 A for MDS1 in DDS1 --> 100 % corresponds to 200 % of the rated motor current Note: For the automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) an appropriate pre-assignment is only made if the parameter is not inhibited from being overwritten using p0573 = 1.
  • Page 462 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities are used as internal conversion factor. The reference power is calculated as follows: - 2 * Pi * reference speed / 60 * reference torque (motor) - reference voltage * reference current * root(3) (infeed) p2005 Reference angle / Reference angle...
  • Page 463 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2019[0...7] Comm IF error statistics / Comm err CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 464 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 2) Using p2021 --> Only if an address of 0 or an address that is invalid for the fieldbus selected in p2030 has been set using the address switch. --> The address is saved in a non-volatile fashion using the function "copy from RAM to ROM". -->...
  • Page 465 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2030 Field bus int protocol selection / Field bus protocol CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1 CU_G150_DP Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9310 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 466 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2035 Fieldbus interface USS PIV drive object number / Fieldbus USS DO_no CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 CU_G150_DP Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 467 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2039 Select debug monitor interface / Debug monit select CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 468 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When using the "setpoint failure" signal, the bus can be monitored and an application-specific response triggered when the setpoint fails. p2044 IF1 PROFIdrive fault delay / IF1 PD fault delay B_INF, ENC, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G...
  • Page 469 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2050[0...9] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word / IF1 PZD recv word B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H...
  • Page 470 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2050[0...3] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word / IF1 PZD recv word Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2468 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H...
  • Page 471 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 [20] = PZD 21 [21] = PZD 22 [22] = PZD 23 [23] = PZD 24 [24] = PZD 25 [25] = PZD 26 [26] = PZD 27...
  • Page 472 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19...
  • Page 473 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: IF1: Interface 1 p2051[0...31] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word / IF1 PZD send word VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 474 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7...
  • Page 475 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Note: IF1: Interface 1 r2053[0...11] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word / IF1 diag send word Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3...
  • Page 476 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2053[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word / IF1 diag send word TB30, TM150, TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 477 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [19] = PZD 20 [20] = PZD 21 [21] = PZD 22 [22] = PZD 23 [23] = PZD 24 [24] = PZD 25 [25] = PZD 26 [26] = PZD 27 [27] = PZD 28 [28] = PZD 29 [29] = PZD 30 [30] = PZD 31...
  • Page 478 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2055[0...2] PROFIBUS diagnostics standard / PB diag standard CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G150_DP Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 479 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [6] = PZD 7 + 8 [7] = PZD 8 + 9 [8] = PZD 9 + 10 [9] = PZD 10 + 11 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 [11] = PZD 12 + 13 [12] = PZD 13 + 14 [13] = PZD 14 + 15 [14] = PZD 15 + 16...
  • Page 480 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2061[0...30] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send double word / IF1 PZD send DW VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2470 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 481 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [7] = PZD 8 + 9 [8] = PZD 9 + 10 [9] = PZD 10 + 11 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3...
  • Page 482 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [14] = PZD 15 + 16 [15] = PZD 16 + 17 [16] = PZD 17 + 18 [17] = PZD 18 + 19 [18] = PZD 19 + 20 [19] = PZD 20 + 21 [20] = PZD 21 + 22 [21] = PZD 22 + 23 [22] = PZD 23 + 24...
  • Page 483 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The parameters for clock synchronism are created when configuring the bus and are transferred at the start of cyclic operation from the controller to the device. Index: [0] = Clock synchronous mode activated [1] = Bus cycle time (Tdp) [µs] [2] = Master cycle time (Tmapc) [µs] [3] = Instant of actual value acquisition (Ti) [µs] [4] = Instant of setpoint acquisition (To) [µs]...
  • Page 484 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For setting p0922/p2079, the value is preset to the end of the PZD telegram. For p0922 equal to 999 and p2079 not equal to 999, the preset value can be increased. The value must be set again after changing p0922/p2079. p2072 Response receive value after PZD failure / Resp aft PZD fail VECTOR_G...
  • Page 485 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 Note: IF1: Interface 1 Value range:...
  • Page 486 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2074[0...31] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF1diag addr recv VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 487 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 Note: IF1: Interface 1 Value range: 0 - 242: Byte offset 65535: Not assigned r2075[0...19] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF1 diag offs recv CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 488 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2075[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF1 diag offs recv TB30, TM150, TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 489 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: IF1: Interface 1 Value range: 0 - 242: Byte offset 65535: Not assigned r2076[0...9] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.
  • Page 490 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [23] = PZD 24 [24] = PZD 25 Note: IF1: Interface 1 Value range: 0 - 242: Byte offset 65535: Not assigned r2076[0...11] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3...
  • Page 491 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2076[0...31] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 492 Factory setting Description: Sets the send and receive telegram. Contrary to p0922, a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded. Value: 370: SIEMENS telegram 370, PZD-1/1 371: SIEMENS telegram 371, PZD-5/8 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency:...
  • Page 493 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Contrary to p0922, a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded. Value: SIEMENS telegram 81, PZD-2/6 SIEMENS telegram 82, PZD-2/7 SIEMENS telegram 83, PZD-2/8 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p0922 Note: For p0922 <...
  • Page 494 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p0922 < 999 the following applies: p2079 has the same value and is inhibited. All of the interconnections and extensions contained in the telegram are inhibited. For p0922 = 999 the following applies: p2079 can be freely set.
  • Page 495 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: For clock synchronous operation, bit 12 to 15 to transfer the sign-of-life are reserved in status word 2 - and may not be freely interconnected.
  • Page 496 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 p2084[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 5 / Bin/con ZSW5 B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn.
  • Page 497 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted Dependency: Refer to: p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083, r2089 r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN,...
  • Page 498 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Note: IF1: Interface 1 r2091.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD2 recv bitw B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.
  • Page 499 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2093.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD4 recv bitw CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN, ENC,...
  • Page 500 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN, ENC, Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 501 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 502 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2101[0...19] Change fault response response / Chng resp resp CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN, ENC,...
  • Page 503 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re value = 6 (armature short-circuit, internal/DC braking): The value can only be set for all motor data sets when p1231 = 3, 4. a) For synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx, 4xx), an internal armature short-circuit is executed. b) For induction motors (p0300 = 1xx), a DC braking is initiated.
  • Page 504 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2104 BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN, ENC,...
  • Page 505 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2107[0...n] BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2 B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2546 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 506 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal. If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects. r2109[0...63] Fault time removed in milliseconds / t_flt resolved ms All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 507 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2112 BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN, ENC,...
  • Page 508 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2117[0...n] BI: External alarm 3 / External alarm 3 B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2546 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 509 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2120 CO: Sum of fault and alarm buffer changes / Sum buffer changed All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 510 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 511 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases: - Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0). - Message type is not "fault" (F). - Acknowledge mode is not permissible for the set fault number.
  • Page 512 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2130[0...63] Fault time received in days / t_fault recv days All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 513 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2134[0...63] Alarm value for float values / Alarm value float All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 514 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters External fault 1 (F07860) effective 8060 External fault 2 (F07861) effective 8060 External fault 3 (F07862) effective 8060 Dependency: Refer to: p2103, p2104, p2105, p2106, p2107, p2108, p2112, p2116, p2117, p3110, p3111, p3112 r2139.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1 All objects Can be changed: -...
  • Page 515 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2141[0...n] Speed threshold 1 / n_thresh val 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: Access level: 3 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8010 P-Group: Messages Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 516 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2146[0...63] Alarm time removed in days / t_alarm res days All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 517 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Enable alarm A07903 8011 Load monitoring only in the 1st quadrant 8013 Reserved Automatic parameterization carried out (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) Dependency: Refer to: r2197 Note: Re bit 00: Alarm A07903 is output when the bit is set with r2197.7 = 0 (n_set <>...
  • Page 518 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2153[0...n] Speed actual value filter time constant / n_act_filt T VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8010 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 519 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2161[0...n] Speed threshold 3 / n_thresh val 3 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: Access level: 3 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8010, 8011 P-Group: Messages Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 520 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p2163, p2166, r2197 p2166[0...n] Off delay n_act = n_set / t_del_off n_i=n_so VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8011 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 521 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2175[0...n] Motor blocked speed threshold / Mot lock n_thresh VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: Access level: 3 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8012 P-Group: Messages Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 522 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Load monitoring disabled A07920 for torque/speed too low A07921 for torque/speed too high A07922 for torque/speed out of tolerance F07923 for torque/speed too low F07924 for torque/speed too high F07925 for torque/speed out of tolerance Dependency: Refer to: p2182, p2183, p2184, p2185, p2186, p2187, p2188, p2189, p2190, p2192, r2198 Note:...
  • Page 523 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The following applies: p2182 < p2183 < p2184 Refer to: p2182, p2183, p2189, p2190 Note: In order that the load monitoring can reliably respond, the speed threshold p2184 should always be set higher than the maximum motor speed to be monitored.
  • Page 524 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2189[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 3 upper / M_thresh 3 upper VECTOR_G (Ext msg) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8013 P-Group: Messages Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 525 Re bit 06: The hysteresis is set in p2162. Re bit 07: The threshold value is set in p2163 and the hysteresis is set in p2164. Re bit 13: Only for internal Siemens use. SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...
  • Page 526 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2198.4...12 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 2 / ZSW monitor 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2536 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 527 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2200[0...n] BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958 P-Group: Technology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 528 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2221, p2222, p2223, r2224, r2229 Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: -...
  • Page 529 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2209[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 9 / Tec_ctr fix val 9 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7950 P-Group: Technology Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595...
  • Page 530 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2213[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 13 / Tec_ctr fix val 13 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7950 P-Group: Technology Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595...
  • Page 531 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p2221, p2222, p2223 p2221[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 1 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn.
  • Page 532 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2229 Technology controller number actual / Tec_ctrl No. act VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7950 P-Group: Technology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 533 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2231 Technology controller motorized potentiometer setpoint memory / Tec_ctrl mop mem VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7954 P-Group: Technology Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 534 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2238[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer minimum value / Tec_ctrl mop min VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7954 P-Group: Technology Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 535 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2248[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Tec_ctrMop t_rdown VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7954 P-Group: Technology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 536 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 02 = 1: When the PID controller is de-activated via p2200, the output signal r2294 is set directly to zero. Re bit 03 = 0: The actual values are not limited by p2267 and p2268. Re bit 03 = 1: The actual values are limited by p2267 and p2268.
  • Page 537 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2257 Technology controller ramp-up time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958 P-Group: Technology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 538 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2263 Technology controller type / Tec_ctrl type VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958 P-Group: Technology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 539 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2268 Technology controller lower limit actual value / Tec_ctrl l_lim act VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958 P-Group: Technology Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 540 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows: - inhibit the technology controller (p2200 = 0). - increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal of the technology controller. -->...
  • Page 541 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2285 Technology controller integral time / Tec_ctrl Tn VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958 P-Group: Technology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 542 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: The maximum limit must always be greater than the minimum limit (p2291 > p2292). p2293 Technology controller ramp-up/ramp-down time / Tec_ctr t_RU/RD VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
  • Page 543 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958 P-Group: Technology Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 544 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Technology controller de-activated Technology controller limited Technology controller motorized potentiometer limited max Technology controller motorized potentiometer limited min Technology controller actual value at the minimum Technology controller actual value at the maximum Technology controller output at the minimum...
  • Page 545 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2700 CO: Reference speed/reference frequency / n_ref/f_ref ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 546 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2702 CO: Reference current / Reference current B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 547 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2705 CO: Reference angle / Reference angle B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 548 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2720[0...n] Load gear configuration / Load gear config VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 549 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Example: Quarter of the encoder range = (p0408 * p0421) / 4 It is possible that the tolerance window may not be able to be precisely set due to the data type (floating point number with 23 bit mantissa).
  • Page 550 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2816[0...1] BI: OR logic operation inputs / OR inputs VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2634 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 551 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%] VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1021 P-Group: Free function blocks Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT...
  • Page 552 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Displays the relative error of the current inversion(id(psid, iq) - id) / p2950: idx4: error with respect to direct axis current for iq = 0 idx5: error with respect to direct axis current for iq = 0.5 * p2950 idx6: error with respect to direct axis current for iq = p2950 Index: [0] = d-current...
  • Page 553 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3103 RTC synchronization source / RTC sync_source CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 554 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3109 RTC real time synchronization tolerance window / RTC sync tol CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 555 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3112[0...n] BI: External fault 3 enable negated / Ext flt 3 enab neg B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func.
  • Page 556 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re bit 00: Hardware or software malfunction was identified. Carry out a POWER ON of the component involved. If it occurs again, contact the hotline. Re bit 01: A line supply fault has occurred (phase failure, voltage level, ...). Check the line supply / fuses. Check the supply voltage.
  • Page 557 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3115[0...63] Fault drive object initiating / F DO initiating All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 558 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3122 Note: Value = 0: Assignment to a component not possible. The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
  • Page 559 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 15: line filter faulted Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 16: external measured value/signal state outside the permissible range Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 -->...
  • Page 560 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 18: error in the parameterization/configuration/commissioning sequence Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 19: general drive fault r3131 CO: Actual fault value / Act fault val All objects...
  • Page 561 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3202[0...n] Excitation current outside the tolerance hysteresis / I_exc n Tol hyst VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL...
  • Page 562 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3206[0...n] Flux outside tolerance delay time / Flux n tol t_del VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL...
  • Page 563 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3233[0...n] Torque actual value filter time constant / M_act_filt T VECTOR_G (Ext msg) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8013 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 564 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3238[0...n] OFF delay n_act_motor model = n_act external / t_del n_a = n_ext VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8012 P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 565 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3322[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 2 / Fluid_mach P2 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 566 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. p3326[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 4 / Fluid_mach P4 VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32...
  • Page 567 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters This parameter specifies the speed (n) of point 5 as a [%]. Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3320, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328 Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041.
  • Page 568 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3422 DC link capacitance total / C_DC tot VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 569 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3513 BI: Voltage-controlled operation inhibit / U_ctrl op inhib VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7960 P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 570 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3521[0...3] DC link pre-control power scaling / Vdc prectrl P scal VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7960 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 571 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3560 Vdc controller proportional gain / Vdc_ctrl Kp VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 (Tech_ctrl) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7960 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 572 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3662[0...n] CO: VSM input line supply voltage u2 - u3 / VSM inp u2-u3 VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: p0150 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: 5_3 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 573 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p3665 Note: For sensor type PTC (p3665 = 1), the following applies: - below the nominal response temperature, r3666 = -50°C. - above the nominal response temperature, r3666 = 199.9 °C. p3667[0...n] VSM line filter overtemperature alarm threshold / VSMfilt_T A_thresh VECTOR_G...
  • Page 574 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3671[0...n] CO: VSM 10 V input CT 1 actual value / VSM CT 1 I_act VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: p0150 Func. diagram: 9880 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 575 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3680 BI: Braking Module internal inhibit / BM int inhib B_INF Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 576 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3683 Braking Module internal activation threshold brake chopper / BM int act thresh B_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 577 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 1 signal: The connected temperature sensor (X21.1, X21.2) signals an overtemperature. The highest permissible temperature at the connected temperature sensor has been exceeded and results in a shutdown. r3689 BO: Digital Braking Module Uce fault / Dig BM Uce fault B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 578 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3802[0...n] BI: Sync-line-drive enable / Sync enable VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7020 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 579 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3806[0...n] Sync-line-drive frequency difference threshold value / Sync f_diff thresh VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: Access level: 2 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7020 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 580 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3813[0...n] Sync-line-drive phase synchronism threshold value / Sync Ph_sync thrsh VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7020 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 581 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3820[0...n] Friction characteristic value n0 / Friction n0 VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: Access level: 2 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7010 P-Group: Functions Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 582 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3824[0...n] Friction characteristic value n4 / Friction n4 VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: Access level: 2 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7010 P-Group: Functions Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 583 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3828[0...n] Friction characteristic value n8 / Friction n8 VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: Access level: 2 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7010 P-Group: Functions Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 584 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3832[0...n] Friction characteristic value M2 / Friction M2 VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7010 P-Group: Functions Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 585 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3836[0...n] Friction characteristic value M6 / Friction M6 VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7010 P-Group: Functions Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 586 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3840.0...9 CO/BO: Friction characteristic status word / Friction ZSW VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7010 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 587 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Smoothing is activated when switching over from status bit r3840.9. Dependency: Refer to: p3844 p3844[0...n] Friction characteristic number changeover point upper / FricNo chng_pt up VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.
  • Page 588 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3846[0...n] Friction characteristic record ramp-up/ramp-down time / Frict rec t_RU/RD VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 7010 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 589 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Warning: Check that binector outputs BO: r3861.n are connected correctly and that the appropriate digital outputs are wired correctly. If the interconnection/wiring is incorrect, the software could execute a different (incorrect) function via binector outputs BO: r3861.n if the Braking Module develops a fault.
  • Page 590 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Fast discharge Braking Module 7 High Fast discharge Braking Module 8 High Dependency: Refer to: p3863 Warning: It must be carefully ensured that the binector outputs BO: p3864.n are correctly interconnected and also that the appropriate digital outputs are correctly connected up.
  • Page 591 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Warning: When activating the essential service mode (BI: p3880 = 1 signal), the motor immediately runs according to the selected setpoint source. When the essential service mode is activated, the motor cannot be stopped using the OFF commands.
  • Page 592 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3883 BI: ESM direction of rotation signal source / ESM rot dir s s VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7033 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 593 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3889.0...10 CO/BO: ESM status word / ESM ZSW VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7033 P-Group: Functions Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 594 When calculating motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters (such as for p0340 = 1) parameters associated with a selected Siemens catalog motor are not overwritten. If a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300), then the following parameters are reset with p3900 > 0 in order to restore the situation that applied when commissioning the drive for the first time: induction motors p0320, p0352, p0353, p0362 ...
  • Page 595 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Automatic parameterization only for U/f control (r0108.2 = 0) Motor equivalent circuit diagram parameters changed Note: The individual bits are only set if the appropriate action has been initiated and successfully completed. When motor rating plate parameters are changed, the final display is reset. r3927[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW VECTOR_G...
  • Page 596 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Encoder test active Saturation characteristic identification Moment of inertia identification Re-calculates the speed controller parameters Speed controller optimization (vibration test) Yes q leakage inductance ident. (for current controller adaptation) Do not change the controller parameters during the measurement...
  • Page 597 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3978 BICO CounterDevice / BICO CounterDevice CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 598 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3986 Parameter count / Parameter No. All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 599 Parameter write inhibited. The value shows how the calculations are progressing. Index: [0] = Progress calculations [1] = Cause Note: Re index 1: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. r3998 First infeed commissioning / First inf_comm B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 600 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3998[0...n] First drive commissioning / First drv_comm VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 601 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4022.0...3 CO/BO: TB30 digital inputs status / TB30 DI status TB30 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9099, 9100 P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 602 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r4022 Note: DI: Digital Input r4023.0...11 CO/BO: TM31 digital inputs status inverted / TM31 DI status inv TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 603 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4030 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DO 0 / TM31 s s DO 0 TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 604 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4033 BI: TB30 signal source for terminal DO 3 / TB30 s s DO 3 TB30 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 605 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.11 = 1). DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output p4046 TM31 digital outputs limit current / TM31 DO limit curr TM31 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.
  • Page 606 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4048 TB30 invert digital outputs / TB30 DO inv TB30 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9102 P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 607 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4052[0...1] CO: TM31 analog inputs current input voltage/current / TM31 AI U/I_inp TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 608 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4055[0...1] CO: TM31 analog inputs actual value in percent / TM31 AI value in % TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9566, 9568 P-Group: Terminals Units group: -...
  • Page 609 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When changing p4056, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p4057, p4058, p4059, p4060) are overwritten with the following default values: For p4056 = 0, 4, p4057 is set to 0.0 V, p4058 to 0.0 %, p4059 to 10.0 V and p4060 to 100.0 %. For p4056 = 2, 5, p4057 is set to 0.0 mA, p4058 to 0.0 %, p4059 to 20.0 mA and p4060 to 100.0 %.
  • Page 610 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4058[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value y1 / TM31 AI char y1 TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 611 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4060[0...1] TB30 analog inputs characteristic value y2 / TB30 AI char y2 TB30 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9104 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 612 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0) [1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1) p4063[0...1] TB30 analog inputs offset / TB30 AI offset TB30 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
  • Page 613 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4067[0...1] BI: TB30 analog inputs invert signal source / TB30 AI inv s s TB30 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9104 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 614 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4069[0...1] BI: TB30 analog inputs signal source for enable / TB30 AI enable TB30 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9104 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 615 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4072[0...1] TB30 analog outputs output value currently referred / TB30 AO outp_val TB30 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9106 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 616 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4074[0...1] TB30 analog outputs actual output voltage / TB30 AO U_outp TB30 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9106 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 617 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4076[0...1] TB30 analog outputs type / TB30 AO type TB30 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 618 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4077[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value x1 / TM31 AO char x1 TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 619 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4079[0...1] TB30 analog outputs characteristic value x2 / TB30 AO char x2 TB30 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9106 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 620 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points. This parameter specifies the y coordinate (output voltage in V or output current in mA) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
  • Page 621 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3) [1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6) Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog input type. Refer to: r4076, p4076 Note: This means, for example, the offset of a downstream isolating amplifier can be compensated.
  • Page 622 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4096 TB30 digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / TB30 DI sim setpt TB30 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9099, 9100 P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 623 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Terminal evaluation for analog input x Simulation for analog input x Index: [0] = AI 0 (X482.1/X482.2) [1] = AI 1 (X482.3/X482.4) Dependency: The setpoint for the input voltage is specified via p4098. Refer to: p4098 Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
  • Page 624 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The simulation of an analog input is selected using p4097. If AI x is parameterized as voltage input (p4056), then the setpoint is a voltage in V. If AI x is parameterized as current input (p4056), then the setpoint is a current in mA. Refer to: r4056, p4056, p4097 Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
  • Page 625 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4100[0...11] TM150 sensor type / TM150 sensor type TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627 P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 626 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4101[0...11] TM150 sensor resistance / TM150 R_sensor TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1...
  • Page 627 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters - The alarm remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value (p4102[2x] - hysteresis (p4118[x]). For faults (uneven indices [1, 3, 5 ... 23]), the following applies: - The corresponding fault is initiated, if the temperature actual value associated with a temperature channel exceeds the associated fault threshold (r4105[x] >...
  • Page 628 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: Fault F35207 only causes the drive to be shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and TM31. For p4102[0...1] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated. For sensor type "PTC thermistor"...
  • Page 629 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For sensor type "KTY84" (p4100 = 2), the following applies: If the fault threshold (p4102[1]) is exceeded before the delay time has expired, then fault F35207 is immediately output. For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies: - Alarm and fault threshold simultaneously respond.
  • Page 630 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4105[0...11] CO: TM150 temperature actual value / TM150 temp_act val TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627 P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006...
  • Page 631 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4108[0...5] TM150 terminal block measuring method / TM150 meas method TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9625, 9626, 9627 P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 632 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Procedure: 1. Select the measuring method (1x2/2x2) for the corresponding terminal block (p4108[0...5] = 0, 1). 2. Set the required sensor type for the corresponding channel (p4100[x] = 1 ... 6, x = 0...5 or 0...11). 3.
  • Page 633 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4111[0...2] TM150 group channel assignment / TM150 grp channel TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9625 P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 634 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Group 0 [1] = Group 1 [2] = Group 2 Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4113, r4114 r4113[0...2] CO: TM150 group temperature actual value minimum value / TM150 grp temp min TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 635 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p4117 = 1, the following applies: For a sensor error, for the maximum value, minimum value and average value of the corresponding group, a value of -300 °C is output. Value: Skip sensor Output value = -300 °C Index: [0] = Group 0...
  • Page 636 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [7] = Temperature channel 7 [8] = Temperature channel 8 [9] = Temperature channel 9 [10] = Temperature channel 10 [11] = Temperature channel 11 Dependency: Refer to: r4120 r4120 TM150 temperature filter time constant / TM150 temp_filt T TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 637 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4601[0...n] Motor temperature sensor 2 sensor type / Temp_sens 2 type VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 638 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4603[0...n] Motor temperature sensor 4 sensor type / Temp_sens 4 type VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 639 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: No sensor PTC fault PTC alarm PTC alarm & timer KTY84, PT100, PT1000 Bimetallic NC contact fault Bimetallic NC contact alarm Bimetallic NC contact alarm & timer Dependency: Refer to: r0458, p0600, p0601 Note: This parameter is effective only when p0601 = 11.
  • Page 640 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: This parameter is effective only when p0601 = 11. PTC thermistor: Tripping resistance = 1650 Ohm Information on using temperature sensors is provided in the following literature: - hardware description of the appropriate components - SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual r4620[0...3] Motor temperature measured / Mot_temp meas...
  • Page 641 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4650 Encoder functional reserve component number / Enc fct_res num CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 642 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4652[0...2] XIST1_ERW reset mode / XIST1_ERW res mode VECTOR_G Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4750 P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 643 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4654.0 CO/BO: XIST1_ERW status / XIST1_ERW stat Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4750 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting...
  • Page 644 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p4652, r4653, r4654 Note: The reset of XIST1_ERW depends on the selected mode (p4652). p4660 Sensor Module filter bandwidth / SM Filt_bandw Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
  • Page 645 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4661[0...2] Sensor Module filter bandwidth display / SM Filt_bandw disp VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 646 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4665[0...n] Encoder characteristic K2 / Enc char K2 ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 647 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4671[0...n] Analog sensor input / Ana_sens inp ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 648 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4674[0...n] Analog sensor channel B voltage at actual value zero / Ana_sens B U at 0 ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func.
  • Page 649 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4678[0...n] Analog sensor LVDT ratio / An_sens LVDT ratio ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 650 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If the deviation is less than this limit, the PPR is not corrected. If it is higher than this limit, fault F3x131 is triggered. If fault F3x131 is re-parameterized to alarm (A) or no message (N), the encoder pulses which have not been corrected are added to the accumulator (p4688).
  • Page 651 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4686[0...n] Zero mark minimum length / ZM min length ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 652 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4689[0...2] CO: Squarewave encoder diagnostics / Sq-wave enc diag VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 653 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Data backup directory not permissible Component already contains data Component does not contain any data Component is not an SMI or a DQI SMI data cannot be downloaded for component Delete SMI data Confirmation of SMI data delete required SMI data deleted and POWER ON required for component Access level not sufficient for delete Delete SMI data not permitted for component...
  • Page 654 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4692 SMI spare part save data of all SMIs / Save SMI data CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 655 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4694[0...19] SMI spare part data backup motor order number / SMI dat_bkup MLFB CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 656 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Automatically start trace with time slices Dependency: Refer to: p4700 Note: Re bit 00: 0: The trace starts with p4700 as before. 1: When powering up, the trace starts immediately with the saved parameter settings with the start of the time slices. r4705[0...1] Trace status / Trace status CU_G130_DP,...
  • Page 657 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4708[0...1] Trace memory space required / Trace mem required CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 658 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format [1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format [2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id [3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id [4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id [5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id Dependency:...
  • Page 659 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Only effective when p4710 = 4, 5. p4715[0...1] Trace bit mask trigger, bit mask / Trace trig mask CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.
  • Page 660 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 Dependency: Only valid when p4705 = 4. p4720[0...1] Trace recording cycle / Trace record_cyc CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
  • Page 661 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4724[0...1] Trace average in the time range / Trace average CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 662 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Trace 0 [1] = Trace 1 r4729[0...1] Trace number of recorded values / Trace rec values CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 663 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id [4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id [5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id p4733[0...5] Trace record signal 3 / Trace record sig 3 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T...
  • Page 664 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4736[0...5] Trace record signal 6 / Trace record sig 6 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 665 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4741[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 1 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 1 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: -...
  • Page 666 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4746[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 6 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 6 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: -...
  • Page 667 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4753[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 3 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 3 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: -...
  • Page 668 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4760[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 0 / Trace 0 tr sig 0 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 669 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r4760 r4764[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 4 / Trace 0 tr sig 4 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 670 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4771[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 1 / Trace 1 tr sig 1 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 671 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4776[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 6 / Trace 1 tr sig 6 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 672 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4782[0...1] Trace physical address signal 2 / Trace PhyAddr Sig2 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 673 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4786[0...1] Trace physical address signal 6 / Trace PhyAddr Sig6 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 674 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4791[0...1] Trace data type 6 traced / Trace rec type 6 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 675 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Milliseconds [1] = Days Dependency: Refer to: r2114, r3102, r4719 Notice: The accuracy of the trigger instant depends on the accuracy of the underlying basis time. For clarification: The trigger instant is calculated with a µs accuracy. If the underlying basis time is only available with ms accuracy, then as a result of rounding effects, an inaccuracy of 1 ms can occur.
  • Page 676 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4805 Function generator status / FG status CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 677 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4812 Function generator physical address / FG phys address CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 678 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4817 CO: Function generator output signal integer number / FG outp integ no. CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 679 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4821 Function generator period / FG period duration CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 680 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Only effective for p4820 = 2 (staircase). Units are dependent on p4810. If p4810 = 1, 2, 4: The amplitude is referred to p2002 (reference current). If p4810 = 3, 5: The amplitude is referred to p2000 (reference speed). p4826 Function generator offset / FG offset CU_G130_DP,...
  • Page 681 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4830 Function generator time slice cycle / FG time slice CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 682 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4834[0...4] CO: Function generator free measurement output signal / FG fr MeasFct outp CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 683 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4841[0...1] MTrace cycle actual display / Cycle act display CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Trace and function generator Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 684 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4952 OA DO-specific GUID total length / OA DO GUID length All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: OEM range Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 685 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index. Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00. r4958[0...n] OA DO-specific interface version / OA DO interf_vers All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 686 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4961[0...n] OA DO-specific logbook module selection / OA DO log module All objects Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4950 Func. diagram: - P-Group: OEM range Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 687 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4979[0...n] OA invalid error code / OA inv error code CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4975 Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: OEM range Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 688 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The GUID of an OA application comprises 16 characters plus 1 character major information plus 1 character, minor information. GUID: Globally Unique IDentifier r4988[0...n] OA identifier / OA ID CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN,...
  • Page 689 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4991[0...n] OA GUID / OA GUID CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: r4987 Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: OEM range Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 690 Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993 Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index. Note: The parameter is only for internal Siemens diagnostics. p5300[0...n] Autotuning selection / Autotuning select VECTOR_G...
  • Page 691 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If p5300 = 0: Online tuning is inactive. To permanently save the values determined for the speed and position controllers, the parameters must be saved in a non-volatile memory (p0977 = 1). The results of the moment of inertia estimator can be reset using p5300 = 0. The moment of inertia and the tuning parameters must be redetermined after p5300>0.
  • Page 692 This value is used to calculate the utilization display (p0034). The parameter value is an image of p0613. Dependency: Refer to: r0034 Note: Users cannot see and change parameter p0613 (only Siemens internal). SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...
  • Page 693 This value is used to calculate the utilization display (p0034). The parameter value is an image of p5390. Note: Users cannot see and change parameter p5390 (only Siemens internal). r5399[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 fault threshold image p5391 / F thr image p5391...
  • Page 694 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: It is not permissible that the value is less than the sum of the "energy-saving mode transition time" and the "operating state transition time" (system properties). Pe: PROFIenergy profiles p5606[0...1] Pe energy-saving mode dwell time maximum / Pe t_dwell max CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: T Calculated: -...
  • Page 695 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r5613.0...1 CO/BO: Pe energy-saving active/inactive / Pe save act/inact CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 696 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p6700[0...n] Voltage model angle smoothing / Volt_mod angle sm VECTOR_G (n/M) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM, PEM, REL Scaling: -...
  • Page 697 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r6991[0...4] Recorder settings display / Rec setting displ B_INF (Recorder), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 VECTOR_G Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - (Recorder) P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 698 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p6994[0...2] CI: Recorder trigger 2 signal source / Rec trig 2 S_src B_INF (Recorder), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 VECTOR_G Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8144 (Recorder) P-Group: - Units group: -...
  • Page 699 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p6999[0...4] Recorder parameterization / Rec par B_INF (Recorder), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 VECTOR_G Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8144 (Recorder) P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 700 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7001[0...n] Par_circuit power units enable / PU enable B_INF (Parallel), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G (Parallel) Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 701 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7010 Par_circuit current dissymmetry alarm threshold / i_dissym A thresh VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT...
  • Page 702 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7020[0...n] CO: Par_circuit deviation current in phase U / Phase U curr dev VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 703 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7026 CO: Par_circuit max. deviation currents phase V / Phase V Max i_dev VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 704 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7035[0...n] Par_circuit circulating current control operating mode / I_cct_ctrl mode VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 705 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7040[0...n] Par_circuit correction valve lockout time phase U / Comp t_lockout U VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 706 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7051[0...n] Par_circuit circulating current phase V / Circ_I_phase V VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002...
  • Page 707 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7102[0...99] Par_circuit ring buffer fault/alarm received / F/A received B_INF (Parallel), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G (Parallel) Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 708 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7202[0...n] Par_circuit power unit temperatures max. depletion layer / PU TempMaxDepLayer B_INF (Parallel), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G (Parallel) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 709 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7207[0...n] Par_circuit power unit temperatures inverter 2 / PU temp inv 2 B_INF (Parallel), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G (Parallel) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 710 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7212[0...n] Par_circuit power unit temperatures inverter 1 / PU temp rect 1 B_INF (Parallel), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G (Parallel) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 711 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7217[0...n] Par_circuit power unit temperatures depletion layer 4 / PU temp DepLayer 4 B_INF (Parallel), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 VECTOR_G (Parallel) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 712 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7223[0...n] CO: Par_circuit phase current actual value phase U / I_phase U act val VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 713 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7228[0...n] CO: Par_circuit phase current actual value phase W offset / I_phase W offset VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 714 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7233[0...n] CO: Par_circuit phase voltage actual value phase W / U_phase W act val VECTOR_G (Parallel) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays, signals Units group: 5_3 Unit selection: p0505...
  • Page 715 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7251[0...4] Par_circuit power unit rated current / PU PI_rated B_INF (Parallel), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 VECTOR_G (Parallel) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 716 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7741[0...n] IGBT power cycling counter valve 2 / IGBT load count 2 B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 717 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The counter state corresponds to the valve wear. A maximum of 650% of the specified service life is displayed. 10000 corresponds to the nominal service life (100%). When this value is reached, the IGBT is theoretically at the end of its service life and must be replaced.
  • Page 718 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 3. Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). --> as a consequence p7786.6 is automatically set to 0. r7758[0...19] KHP Control Unit serial number / KHP CU ser_no CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8...
  • Page 719 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: KHP: Know-How Protection Re bit 00: Write protection can be activated/deactivated via p7761 on the Control Unit. Re bit 01: The know-how protection can be activated by entering a password (p7766 ... p7768). Re bit 02: If it has already been activated, know-how protection can be temporarily deactivated by entering the valid password in p7766.
  • Page 720 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7763 KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764 / KHP OEM qty p7764 All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 721 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 00, 01: When KHP is activated, this means that the OEM can define whether the parameters and DCC data encrypted on the memory card should be protected before using on other memory cards/Control Units. Re bit 02: This means that the OEM can define whether it is possible or not to trace the drive data using the device trace function although KHP is activated.
  • Page 722 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7767[0...29] KHP password new / KHP passw new CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 723 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Inactive Load NVRAM data to parameters Load parameters to NVRAM Reset Notice: After action p7770 = 1 no more pulses may be enabled. After action p7770 = 2, it is essential that parameters are backed up (p0977 = 1) and that a warm restart is then performed (p0009 = 30, p0976 = 2, 3).
  • Page 724 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters When acknowledging a replacement, the "Generate report" function is automatically executed. p7786.x is automatically set to 0 after POWER ON. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Control Interface Module (CIM) replaced Valve 1 replaced Valve 2 replaced Valve 3 replaced Valve 4 replaced...
  • Page 725 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p7790[0...15] = 0, the component trace is deactivated. Re index 0 ... 7: The signals are set in p7790[0...7], whose characteristic is to be recorded over time. If "No signal" is set for a trace channel, then the recording duration of the other time characteristics is increased. Re index 8 ...
  • Page 726 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7792 Upload component trace data / Upload comp trace B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 727 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7823 DRIVE-CLiQ component read parameter value / Read DQ value CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 728 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Components involved: Flashing red/green with 0.5 Hz --> firmware is being updated. Flashing red/green with 2 Hz --> POWER ON of the components is required. Only components from firmware version 2.5 support the red/green flashing at 2 Hz. r7827 Firmware update progress display / FW update progress CU_G130_DP,...
  • Page 729 145: Checking the loaded firmware (checksum) was not completed by the component in the appropriate time. 156: Component with the specified component number is not available. Additional values: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Dependency: Refer to: p7828 Note: p7829 is automatically set to 0 after the firmware has been successfully downloaded.
  • Page 730 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 10534: ENC_ID_OFFSET_CORR_AB_X 10535: ENC_ID_OFFSET_CORR_AB_Y 10536: ENC_ID_AB_ABS_VALUE 10537: ENC_ID_TRACK_CD_X 10538: ENC_ID_TRACK_CD_Y 10539: ENC_ID_TRACK_CD_ABS 10542: ENC_ID_AB_RAND_X 10543: ENC_ID_AB_RAND_Y 10544: ENC_ID_AB_RAND_ABS_VALUE 10545: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_ABS_ARRAY 10546: ENC_ID_PROC_OFFSET_0 10547: ENC_ID_PROC_OFFSET_4 10550: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_AMPL 10563: ENC_ID_ENCODER_TEMP 10564: ENC_SELFTEMP_ACT 10565: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_TOP 10566: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_1 10567: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_1_COD 10569: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_2_COD 10571: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_3_COD...
  • Page 731 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 10790: ENC_ID_AB_PEAK_CORR 11825: ENC_ID_RES_TRANSITION_RATIO 11826: ENC_ID_RES_PHASE_SHIFT 15150: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S1_RAW 15151: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S4_RAW 15152: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S5_RAW 15155: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S1_CAL 15156: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S4_CAL 15157: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S5_CAL r7832[0...23] Telegram diagnostics numerical format / Telegr diag format ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.
  • Page 732 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7835[0...23] Telegram diagnostics real / Telegr diag real ENC, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 733 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Volt seconds Microvolt seconds Micro newton meters Amps / volt seconds Per mille Hertz / second Micrometer or millidegrees Micrometer Millidegrees Nanometer Newton/Amps Volt seconds/meter Newton seconds/meter Micronewton Liters / minute Cubic centimeters Millimeter / volt minute Newton/Volt Millivolts peak-to-peak Volt rms...
  • Page 734 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 131: Milliamperes peak-to-peak 132: Millifarads 133: Meter 135: Kilowatt hours 136: Percent 137: Amps / Volt 138: Volt 139: Millivolts 140: Microvolts 141: Amps 142: Milliamperes 143: Micro amps 144: Milliamperes rms 145: Millimeter 146: Nanometer 147:...
  • Page 735 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re index 0: Displays the internal firmware version (e.g. 04402315). This firmware version is the version of the memory card/device memory and not the CU firmware (r0018), however, normally they have the same versions. Re index 1: Displays the external firmware version (e.g.
  • Page 736 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7857 Sub-boot mode / Sub-boot mode B_INF, ENC, HUB, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 TB30, TM150, TM31, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - TM54F_MA, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - TM54F_SL,...
  • Page 737 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7868[0...24] Configuration changes drive object reference / Config_chng DO ref CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 738 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices [1] = Object number in p0101[0] [2] = Object number in p0101[1] [3] = Object number in p0101[2] [4] = Object number in p0101[3] [5] = Object number in p0101[4] [6] = Object number in p0101[5] [7] = Object number in p0101[6] [8] = Object number in p0101[7]...
  • Page 739 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 740 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 741 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 742 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO HUB, TB30, TM150, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 743 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO TM54F_MA, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 TM54F_SL Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 744 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 745 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re index 12: Drive object configuration. When activating/deactivating write protection or know-how protection, the value in this index is incremented. Re index 15: SERVO/VECTOR configuration. When changing p0300, p0301 or p0400, the value in this index is incremented. r7872[0...3] Drive object status changes / DO stat_chng All objects...
  • Page 746 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [13] = Drive object number object 13 [14] = Drive object number object 14 [15] = Drive object number object 15 [16] = Drive object number object 16 [17] = Drive object number object 17 [18] = Drive object number object 18 [19] = Drive object number object 19 [20] = Drive object number object 20...
  • Page 747 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r8510 p8501[0...21] BI: Input signal bit-serially 1 / Input_sig bit 1 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 748 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8504 CI: Input signal word-serially 2 / Input_sig word 2 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2195 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 749 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal From BI: p8501[0] From BI: p8501[1] From BI: p8501[2] From BI: p8501[3] From BI: p8501[4] From BI: p8501[5] From BI: p8501[6] From BI: p8501[7] From BI: p8501[8] From BI: p8501[9] From BI: p8501[10] From BI: p8501[11]...
  • Page 750 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8515 CO: Output signal wordwise 3 / Outp_sig word 3 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2195 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 751 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8572[0...39] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints / Macro CI n_set B_INF, VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 752 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8601 CAN error register / Error register CU_G130_DP (CAN), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN (CAN), Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP (CAN), P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN (CAN) Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 753 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8604[0...1] CAN life guarding / Life guarding CU_G130_DP (CAN), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN (CAN), Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP (CAN), P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN (CAN) Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 754 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters - 2 hex: P2 unique number - 3 hex: WA unique number - 9 hex: Pattern - F hex: All others Bits 24 ... 27: Month of manufacture (0 means January, B means December) Bits 28 ...
  • Page 755 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1200 hex. SDO: Service Data Object p8611[0...82] CAN Pre-defined Error Field / Pre_def err field CU_G130_DP (CAN), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN (CAN), Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.
  • Page 756 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Number of all faults in the drive unit [1] = Most recent drive number / fault number [2] = Number of faults drive 1 [3] = Fault 1/ drive 1 [4] = Fault 2/ drive 1 [5] = Fault 3/ drive 1 [6] = Fault 4/ drive 1 [7] = Fault 5/ drive 1...
  • Page 757 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [65] = Number of faults drive 8 [66] = Fault 1/ drive 8 [67] = Fault 2/ drive 8 [68] = Fault 3/ drive 8 [69] = Fault 4/ drive 8 [70] = Fault 5/ drive 8 [71] = Fault 6/ drive 8 [72] = Fault 7/ drive 8 [73] = Fault 8/ drive 8...
  • Page 758 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Every node ID change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. The active node ID is displayed in r8621. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. It is only possible to independently set CANopen node ID and the PROFIBUS address using p0918 and p8620 (prerequisite: the address 0 is set for the address switch).
  • Page 759 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 0 ... 5: BRP (Baud Rate Prescaler) Bit 6 ... 7: SJW (Synchronization Jump Width) Bit 8 ... 11: TSEG1 (Time Segment 1, before the sampling point) Bit 12 ... 14: TSEG2 (Time Segment 2, after the sampling point) Bit 15: Reserved Bit 16 ...
  • Page 760 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8641 CAN Abort Connection Option Code / Abort con opt code VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 761 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8684 CAN NMT state after booting / NMT state aft boot CU_G130_DP (CAN), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN (CAN), Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP (CAN), P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 762 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = PDO COB-ID [1] = PDO transmission type Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1400 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set.
  • Page 763 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8704[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 5 / Receive PDO 5 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9204 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 764 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8707[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 8 / Receive PDO 8 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9204 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 765 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8712[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 3 / Mapping RPDO 3 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 766 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8715[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 6 / Mapping RPDO 6 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9204 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 767 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8720[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 1 / Transmit PDO 1 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 768 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8722[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 3 / Transmit PDO 3 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 769 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8724[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 5 / Transmit PDO 5 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9208 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 770 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8726[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 7 / Transmit PDO 7 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9208 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 771 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8730[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 1 / Mapping TPDO 1 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 772 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Mapped object 1 [1] = Mapped object 2 [2] = Mapped object 3 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A03 hex + 40 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid.
  • Page 773 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8737[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 8 / Mapping TPDO 8 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: C1(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9208 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 774 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Predefined Connection Set Free PDO Mapping r8745[0...15] CO: CAN free PZD receive objects 16 bit / Free PZD recv 16 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.
  • Page 775 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [3] = PZD object 3 [4] = PZD object 4 [5] = PZD object 5 [6] = PZD object 6 [7] = PZD object 7 [8] = PZD object 8 [9] = PZD object 9 [10] = PZD object 10 [11] = PZD object 11 [12] = PZD object 12...
  • Page 776 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8748[0...7] CI: CAN free PZD send objects 32 bit / Free PZD send 32 VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 777 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8751[0...15] CAN mapped 16-bit transmit objects / TPDO 16 mapped VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 778 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8761[0...14] CAN mapped 32-bit transmit objects / TPDO 32 mapped VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 779 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8786) Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8787) Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 6041 hex + 800 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). Re bit 10: When the ramp-function generator is activated, the interconnection from CI: p2151 = r1119 can be changed, so that to evaluate bit 10, the setpoint can be retrieved (taken) from in front of the ramp-function generator.
  • Page 780 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The following BICO interconnections are automatically established if the CANopen control word is mapped at one of the locations x = 0 ... 3 in the receive process data buffer. For SINAMICS S120 with CBC10, the PZD interface IF2 is used: BI: p0840.0 = r889x.0 BI: p0844.0 = r889x.1 BI: p0848.0 = r889x.2...
  • Page 781 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8795.0...15 CO/BO: CAN control word / Control word VECTOR_G (CAN) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 782 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re index 0: Corresponds to the CANopen object 6071 hex + 800 hex * x (x: Drive number 0 ... 7). The displayed parameter value is scaled via the reference torque p2003: 4000 hex corresponds to p2003 p8798[0...1] CAN speed conversion factor / n_conv_factor VECTOR_G (CAN)
  • Page 783 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2 CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 784 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p8805 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies: Parameter p8809 contains the information described below. Re p8809[0...3]: Contains the value from r9781[0] "SI change tracking checksum functional". Re p8809[4...7]: Contains the value from r9782[0] "SI change tracking time stamp checksum functional". Re p8809[8...53]: Reserved.
  • Page 785 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8815[0...1] IF1/IF2 PZD functionality selection / IF1/IF2 PZD fct CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 786 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8836 SINAMICS Link address / SINAMICS Link add CU_G130_DP Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 (PROFINET CBE20), Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2198 CU_G130_PN P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - (PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 787 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters - CAN CBC10 always communicates via IF2. For a value not equal to 99 (automatic) the following applies: - both indices must be set to a number not equal to 99 (automatic). A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset or download. p8840 COMM BOARD monitoring time / CB t_monit CU_G130_DP (COMM...
  • Page 788 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For CBE20, certain SINAMICS parameters are newly evaluated and activated. An existing, cyclic bus connection is interrupted. r8843.0...2 BO: IF2 PZD state / IF2 PZD state CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8...
  • Page 789 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8849[0...139] COMM BOARD receive configuration data / CB r config_dat CU_G130_DP (COMM Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 BOARD, PROFINET Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CBE20), P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G130_PN (COMM...
  • Page 790 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 Note: IF2: Interface 2 PZD1 to PZD2 are displayed bit-serially in r8890 to r8891. r8850[0...3] CO: IF2 PZD receive word / IF2 PZD recv word Can be changed: -...
  • Page 791 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [3] = PZD 4 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15...
  • Page 792 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8851[0...24] CI: IF2 PZD send word / IF2 PZD send word CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2493, 9210 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: -...
  • Page 793 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8851[0...4] CI: IF2 PZD send word / IF2 PZD send word TB30, TM150, TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2493, 9210 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 794 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8853[0...9] IF2 diagnostics PZD send / IF2 diag PZD send B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2493 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 795 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 [20] = PZD 21 [21] = PZD 22 [22] = PZD 23 [23] = PZD 24 [24] = PZD 25 Bit field:...
  • Page 796 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p8851, p8861 Note: IF2: Interface 2 r8853[0...4] IF2 diagnostics PZD send / IF2 diag PZD send TB30, TM150, TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3...
  • Page 797 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 [20] = PZD 21...
  • Page 798 = x --> state of cyclic communication r8858[3] = y --> state of the IP configuration r8858[4] = 1281 --> device ID 0501 hex = SINAMICS S120/S150 r8858[5 ... 39] --> only for internal Siemens diagnostics. r8859[0...7] COMM BOARD identification data / CB ident data...
  • Page 799 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8860[0...2] CO: IF2 PZD receive double word / IF2 PZD recv DW Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 9204, 9206 P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 800 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or FloatingPoint data types. A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r8850 or r8860. A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace"...
  • Page 801 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [20] = PZD 21 + 22 [21] = PZD 22 + 23 [22] = PZD 23 + 24 [23] = PZD 24 + 25 [24] = PZD 25 + 26 [25] = PZD 26 + 27 [26] = PZD 27 + 28 [27] = PZD 28 + 29 [28] = PZD 29 + 30...
  • Page 802 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 27 Bit 28 Bit 29 Bit 30 Bit 31 Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used. Note: IF2: Interface 2 r8863[0...30] IF2 diagnostics PZD send double word / IF2 diag send DW VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 803 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 14 Bit 15 Bit 16 Bit 17 Bit 18 Bit 19 Bit 20 Bit 21 Bit 22 Bit 23 Bit 24 Bit 25 Bit 26 Bit 27 Bit 28 Bit 29 Bit 30 Bit 31 Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace"...
  • Page 804 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 Dependency:...
  • Page 805 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Value range: 0: Not used 1 ... 16: Send telegram word A specific telegram word send may only be used once within a single device. A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset, project download or p8842 = 1. p8872[0...15] SINAMICS Link address receive PZD / Link addr recv B_INF (PROFINET...
  • Page 806 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 r8874[0...19] IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF2 diag addr recv CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 807 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8874[0...4] IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF2 diag addr recv TB30, TM150, TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 808 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8875[0...9] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF diag offs recv B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 809 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 Note: IF2: Interface 2 Value range: 0 - 242: Byte offset 255: Not assigned r8875[0...4] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF diag offs recv TB30, TM150, TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 810 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [29] = PZD 30 [30] = PZD 31 [31] = PZD 32 Note: IF2: Interface 2 Value range: 0 - 242: Byte offset 255: Not assigned r8876[0...9] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF2 diag offs send B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 811 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8876[0...11] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF2 diag offs send Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 812 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 [14] = PZD 15 [15] = PZD 16 [16] = PZD 17 [17] = PZD 18 [18] = PZD 19 [19] = PZD 20 [20] = PZD 21 [21] = PZD 22...
  • Page 813 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8881[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2 B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: -...
  • Page 814 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8883[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: -...
  • Page 815 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8888[0...4] IF2 invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489 CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 816 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p8851, p8880, p8881, p8882, p8883, p8884, p8888 Note: r8889 together with p8880 to p8884 forms five binector-connector converters. r8890.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD1 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD1 recv bitw B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: -...
  • Page 817 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 14 Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: r8850 Note: IF2: Interface 2 r8892.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD3 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD3 recv bitw CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.
  • Page 818 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 14 Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: r8850 Note: IF2: Interface 2 r8894.0...15 BO: IF2 connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.
  • Page 819 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8898, p8899 p8898[0...1] IF2 invert connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 820 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8905, r8910 Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. The interface configuration (p8900 and following) is activated with p8905 = 1. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
  • Page 821 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The interface configuration (p8900 and following) is activated with p8905. The active DHCP mode is displayed in parameter r8914. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. If value = 0: DHCP deactivated.
  • Page 822 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8909 PN device ID / PN device ID CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 823 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8913[0...3] IE Subnet Mask of Station active / IE Subnet Mask act CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 824 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8921[0...3] PN IP address of station / PN IP of stat CU_G130_PN, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G150_PN Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 825 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If value = 1: Reserved. If value = 2: DHCP activated. The MAC address of this interface is used for client identification. If value = 3: DHCP activated. The station name of this interface is used for client identification. p8925 PN interface configuration / PN IF config CU_G130_PN,...
  • Page 826 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8930[0...239] PN Name of Station active / PN Name Stat act CU_G130_PN, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G150_PN Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 827 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8935[0...5] PN MAC Address of Station / PN MAC of Station CU_G130_PN, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G150_PN Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 828 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re index 5: Bit 0 = 1: there is at least one RT connection. Bit 1 = 1: there is an IRT connection. r8939 PN DAP ID / PN DAP ID CU_G130_PN, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G150_PN...
  • Page 829 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8942[0...3] CBE2x Default Gateway of Station / CBE2x Def Gateway CU_G130_DP Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (PROFINET CBE20), Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G130_PN P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - (PROFINET CBE20),...
  • Page 830 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8945 CBE2x interface configuration / CBE2x int config CU_G130_DP Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 (PROFINET CBE20), Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G130_PN P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - (PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 831 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8953[0...3] CBE2x Subnet Mask of Station active / CBE2x Sub Mask act CU_G130_DP Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 (PROFINET CBE20), Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G130_PN P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 832 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8960[0...2] PN subslot controller assignment / PN subslot assign B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN, ENC, Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 833 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8970[0...2] CBE2x subslot controller assignment / CBE2x subslot B_INF (PROFINET Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CBE20), Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G130_DP P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - (PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 834 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Activating Only permit access via https Enable "SINAMICS" user Enable "Administrator" user p8987[0...1] Web server port assignment / WebServ PortAssign CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16...
  • Page 835 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9207 Topology direct access integer value / Topo access int CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Topology Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 836 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9220 Statistic number of entries / Statistic size CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 837 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9300 SI Motion monitoring clock cycle (Motor Module) / SI Mtn clock MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 838 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p9502 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: For the commissioning software, after changing over the axis type, the units dependent on the axis type are only updated after a project upload.
  • Page 839 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: Re bit 00: When the function is activated, a safety-relevant acknowledgement (internal event acknowledge) can be performed by selecting/deselecting STO.
  • Page 840 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9311 SI Motion actual value sensing clock cycle (Motor Module) / SI Mtn act clk MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 841 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9313 SI Motion non safety-relevant measuring steps POS1 (MM) / nsrPOS1 MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 842 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on the Motor Module must be parameterized in this parameter. Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Encoder rotating/linear Linear Rotating Position actual value sign change Dependency: Refer to: p0404, p0410, p9516 p9317...
  • Page 843 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9320 SI Motion spindle pitch (Motor Module) / SI Mtn sp_pitch MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 844 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: In the case of encoderless monitoring functions, the pole pair number must be multiplied by the numerator of the gearbox ratio. Example: Gearbox ratio 1:4, pole pair number (r0313) = 2 --> p9321 = 1, p9322 = 8 (4 x 2) p9323 SI Motion red.
  • Page 845 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. For p9326 = 1, the following applies: Motor Module uses an encoder for closed-loop speed control, it involves a 1-encoder system. p9328[0...11] SI Motion Sensor Module Node Identifier (Motor Module) / SI Mtn SM Ident MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 846 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9331[0...3] SI Motion SLS limit values (Motor Module) / SI Mtn SLS lim MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 847 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9334[0...1] SI Motion SLP upper limit values (Motor Module) / SI Mtn SLP uplimMM VECTOR_G (Safety Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 rot) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2822 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 848 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9339[0...7] SI Motion gearbox direction of rotation reversal (Motor Module) / SI Mtn grbx rev MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 849 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9342 SI Motion act val comparison tol (crosswise) (Motor Module) / SI Mtn actV tol MM VECTOR_G (Safety Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 rot) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 850 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For an incremental encoder, the actual values are checked after referencing; for an absolute encoder, when switching on. Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
  • Page 851 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9347 SI Motion SSM velocity hysteresis (Motor Module) / SI Mtn SSM Hyst MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2823 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 852 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9349 SI Motion slip velocity tolerance (Motor Module) / SI Mtn slip MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 853 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9352 SI Motion transition time STOP C to SOS (Motor Module) / SI Mtn t C->SOS MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2819 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 854 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9356 SI Motion STOP A delay time (Motor Module) / SI Mtn IL t_del MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2819 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 855 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The shutdown velocity has no effect for a value = 0. SS1: Safe Stop 1 p9360 SI Motion pulse suppression shutdown speed (Motor Module) / SI Mtn IL n_sh MM VECTOR_G (Safety Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 rot)
  • Page 856 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters STOP E STOP A with delayed STO when the bus fails STOP B with delayed STO when the bus fails STOP C with delayed STO when the bus fails STOP D with delayed STO when the bus fails STOP E with delayed STO when the bus fails Index: [0] = Limit value SLS1...
  • Page 857 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock (p9500/p9300) cycle. SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) p9366 SI Motion SDI stop response (Motor Module) / SI Mtn SDI Stop MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 858 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring) For p9568 = p9368 = 0, the following applies: The value in p9546/p9346 (SSM) is applied as the velocity limit for SAM. p9370 SI Motion acceptance test mode (Motor Module) / SI Mtn acc_mod MM VECTOR_G...
  • Page 859 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9377 SI Motion SLP delay time (Motor Module) / SI mtn SLP t MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 860 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. p9382 SI Motion brake ramp delay time (Motor Module) / SI Mtn rp t_del MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32...
  • Page 861 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9386 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless delay time (MM) / ActVal sl t_del MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 862 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9389 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless accel. limit (MM) / ActVal sl a_lim MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 863 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9399[0...1] SI Motion reference checksum SI parameters (Motor Module) / SI Mtn setp CRC MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 864 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9407 Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter. r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted...
  • Page 865 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9451[0...29] Units changeover adapted parameters / Unit_chngov par B_INF, ENC, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 VECTOR_G Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 866 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN, ENC,...
  • Page 867 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9491[0...9] BI/CI of BICO interconnections to other drives / BI/CI to drive All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 868 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9495 BICO behavior for de-activated drive objects / Behav for deact DO B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 869 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9498[0...29] BICO BI/CI parameters to de-activated drive objects / BI/CI to deact obj B_INF, CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Commands Units group: -...
  • Page 870 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Enable transfer SLS (SG) limit value via Enable Inhibit PROFIsafe Enable transfer safe position via PROFIsafe Enable Inhibit Enable safe gearbox switchover Enable Inhibit Enable referencing via SCC Enable Inhibit Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) SLS: Safely-Limited Speed / SG: Safely reduced speed SOS: Safe Operating Stop / SBH: Safe operating stop...
  • Page 871 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Enable SCA25 (SN25) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA26 (SN26) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA27 (SN27) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA28 (SN28) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA29 (SN29) Enable Inhibit Enable SCA30 (SN30) Enable Inhibit Dependency: Refer to: p9501 Note: The "Safe Cam"...
  • Page 872 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Actual value sensing sensorless edge modulation Configuration test stop motion monitoring Test automatic Test manual functions Note: Re bit 00: When the function is activated, a safety-relevant acknowledgement (internal event acknowledge) can be performed by selecting/deselecting STO.
  • Page 873 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 08: For bit = 1 and with the SDI safety function activated, the following applies: - During pulse suppression, monitoring is switched off and the status signal indicates inactive. For bit = 0 and with the SDI safety function activated, the following applies: - Monitoring continues during pulse suppression.
  • Page 874 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9512 Select SI Motion safety functions without selection (CU) / SI Mtn w/o sel CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 875 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9515 SI Motion encoder coarse position value config (Control Unit) / SI Mtn s config CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 876 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on the Control Unit must be parameterized in this parameter. Dependency: Refer to: p0407, p9516 Note: For safety functions that have not been enabled (p9501 = 0), the following applies: When booting p9517 is automatically set the same as p0407.
  • Page 877 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9521[0...7] SI Motion gearbox enc (motor)/load denominator (Control Unit) / SI Mtn gear den CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 878 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: - after starting the copy function (p9700 = 57 hex), p9523 is set the same as r0470. p9524 SI Motion Redundant coarse pos. value fine resolution bits (CU) / SI Mtn fine bit CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 879 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9529 SI Motion Gx_XIST1 coarse pos. safe most significant bit (CU) / Gx_XIST1 MSB CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 880 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9531[0...3] SI Motion SLS (SG) limit values (Control Unit) / SI Mtn SLS lim CU VECTOR_G (Safety Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 rot) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 881 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This parameter only has to be parameterized for the motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive (p9601.2 = 1) r9733[0] = p9531[x] x p9533 (converted from the load side to the motor side) r9733[1] = - p9531[x] x p9533 (converted from the load side to the motor side) [x] = Selected SLS stage Conversion factor from the motor side to the load side:...
  • Page 882 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p9501, p9534, p9562 Note: The following applies to the setting of these limits: - p9534[x] > p9535[x] - p9535[x] must lie in the valid traversing range (-737280 ... 737280). SLP: Safely-Limited Position / SE: Safe software limit switches p9535[0...1] SI Motion SLP (SE) lower limit values (Control Unit) / SI Mtn SLP low lim VECTOR_G (Safety...
  • Page 883 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [28] = Cam position SCA29 (SN29) [29] = Cam position SCA30 (SN30) Dependency: Refer to: p9501, p9503, p9537 Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. SCA: Safe Cam / SN: Safe software cam p9536[0...29] SI Motion SCA (SN) plus cam position (Control Unit) / SI Mtn SCA+ VECTOR_G (Safety...
  • Page 884 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [3] = Cam position SCA4 (SN4) [4] = Cam position SCA5 (SN5) [5] = Cam position SCA6 (SN6) [6] = Cam position SCA7 (SN7) [7] = Cam position SCA8 (SN8) [8] = Cam position SCA9 (SN9) [9] = Cam position SCA10 (SN10) [10] = Cam position SCA11 (SN11) [11] = Cam position SCA12 (SN12)
  • Page 885 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [24] = Cam position SCA25 (SN25) [25] = Cam position SCA26 (SN26) [26] = Cam position SCA27 (SN27) [27] = Cam position SCA28 (SN28) [28] = Cam position SCA29 (SN29) [29] = Cam position SCA30 (SN30) Dependency: Refer to: p9501, p9503, p9536 Note:...
  • Page 886 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Examples: p9538[0] = 207 Cam 1 (index 0) is assigned cam track 2. If the position lies within the range of this cam, a value of 7 is entered in the SGA "cam range" of the second cam track. p9538[5] = 100 Cam 6 (index 5) is assigned cam track 1.
  • Page 887 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9540 SI Motion SCA (SN) tolerance (Control Unit) / SI Mtn SCA tol CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 888 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For a linear axis, the tolerance is internally limited to 10 mm. For a "linear axis with rotating motor" and factory setting of p9520, p9521 and p9522, the factory setting of p9542 corresponds to a position tolerance of 36 ° on the motor side. p9542 SI Motion act val comparison tol (crosswise) (Control Unit) / SI Mtn act tol CU VECTOR_G (Safety...
  • Page 889 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For an incremental encoder, the actual values are checked after referencing; for an absolute encoder, when switching on. Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. For linear axes, the maximum value is limited to 1 mm. p9545 SI Motion SSM (SGA n <...
  • Page 890 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9547 SI Motion SSM (SGA n < nx) velocity hysteresis (CU) / SI Mtn SSM hyst CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2823 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 891 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9549 SI Motion slip velocity tolerance (Control Unit) / SI Mtn slip tol VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 892 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9552 SI Motion transition time STOP C to SOS (SBH) (Control Unit) / SI Mtn t C->SOS CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 893 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9556 SI Motion STOP A delay time (Control Unit) / SI Mtn IL t_del CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2819 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 894 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9560 SI Motion STO shutdown velocity (Control Unit) / SI Mtn IL v_shutCU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 895 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9562[0...1] SI Motion SLP (SE) stop response (Control Unit) / SI Mtn SLP Stop CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 896 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9564 SI Motion SDI tolerance (Control Unit) / SI Mtn SDI tol CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2824 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 897 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters STOP B with delayed STO when the bus fails STOP C with delayed STO when the bus fails STOP D with delayed STO when the bus fails STOP E with delayed STO when the bus fails Dependency: Refer to: p9564, p9565 Notice:...
  • Page 898 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9571 SI Motion acceptance test status (Control Unit) / SI Mtn acc_status VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 899 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: SCC: Safety Control Channel p9574 SI Motion safe position scaling (Control Unit) / SI mtn SP scal CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func.
  • Page 900 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p9561, p9563 Note: In the extended sense, a bus failure should be seen here as a communication error in the control signals of the safety functions (e.g. via PROFIsafe or TM54F). The main use of the wait time is the ESR function (Extended Stop and Retract).
  • Page 901 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9585 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless fault tolerance (CU) / ActVal sl tol CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 902 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9588 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless minimum current (CU) / ActVal sl I_min CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 903 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r9770, r9870, r9890 Note: Example: r9590[0] = 2, r9590[1] = 60, r9590[2] = 1, r9590[3] = 0 --> SI Motion version V02.60.01.00 p9601 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (Control Unit) / SI enable fct CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 904 Sets the PROFIsafe telegram number for the Control Unit. Value: No PROFIsafe telegram selected PROFIsafe standard telegram 30, PZD-1/1 PROFIsafe standard telegram 31, PZD-2/2 900: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 900, PZD-2/2 901: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 901, PZD-3/5 902: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 902, PZD-3/6 998: Compatibility mode (as for firmware version <...
  • Page 905 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9620[0...7] BI: SI signal source for STO (SH)/SBC/SS1 (Control Unit) / SI S_srcSTO/SS1 CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2810 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 906 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The relay-specific minimum delay times for evaluating the feedback signal contacts have to be set. They differ for the activation and de-activation of one and the same relay. Index: [0] = Wait time activation [1] = Wait time deactivation Dependency: Refer to: p9822...
  • Page 907 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Recommend.: In order that the drive can completely ramp-down along the OFF3 ramp and a motor holding brake that is possibly available can close, then the delay time should be set as follows: Motor holding brake parameterized: delay time >= p1135 + p1228 + p1217 Motor holding brake not parameterized: delay time >= p1135 + p1228 Dependency: Refer to: p1135, p9852...
  • Page 908 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9660 SI forced checking procedure remaining time / SI frc chk remain VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 909 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9671[0...n] SI module identifier Motor Module / Module ID MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 910 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9676 SI module identifier sensor channel 2 / Module ID sensor 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 911 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [57 hex] Start copy function SI parameters 208: [D0 hex] Start copy function SI basic parameters Note: Re value = 57 hex, 2E hex and D0 hex: The value can only be set if the safety commissioning mode is set and the Safety Integrated password was entered. Re value = D0 hex: The following parameters are copied after starting the copy function: p9601 -->...
  • Page 912 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters By writing 29 to this parameter, the unique identifier of a safety-relevant component is transferred into the drive parameterization. Value: [00 hex] hardware replacement acknowledge ready [1D hex] hardware replacement acknowledgment Notice: It is not permissible that the safety commissioning mode is set in order to write to this parameter. Note: After successful execution, this parameter is automatically reset to zero.
  • Page 913 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r9713 Note: Re index 0: The display of the load-side position actual value on the Control Unit is updated in the monitoring clock cycle. Re index 1: The display of the load-side position actual value on the second channel is updated in the CDC clock cycle (r9724) and delayed by one CDC clock cycle.
  • Page 914 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re index 5: The display of the maximum additional difference between the load-side position actual value on the Control Unit, and the load-side position actual value in the second channel, which can occur as a result of the actual value sensing delay in the EnDat 2.2 converter.
  • Page 915 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Actual value > lower limit SCA1- Actual value > upper limit SCA2+ Actual value > lower limit SCA2+ Actual value > upper limit SCA2- Actual value > lower limit SCA2- Actual value > upper limit SCA3+ Actual value >...
  • Page 916 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re index 3: The maximum difference between the load-side position actual value on the Control Unit and the load-side position actual value on the second channel. Re index 4: Displays the load-side position actual value when enabling the function "Safe position via PROFIsafe". The value is an average value from the values in index 0 and 1.
  • Page 917 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9718.23 CO/BO: SI Motion control signals 1 / SI Mtn ctrl_sig 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 918 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9720.0...27 CO/BO: SI Motion control signals integrated in the drive / SI Mtn integ STW VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2840, 2855 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 919 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9722.0...31 CO/BO: SI Motion drive-integrated status signals (Control Unit) / SI Mtn int stat CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2840, 2855 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 920 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 04: When sensing the velocity without encoder, a distinction is made between the closed-loop speed controlled and open-loop speed controlled (U/f) modes. Re bit 09: Safe pulse pulse cancellation is a state that can only occur for the combination of velocity sensing without encoder (p9506) and drive-integrated motion monitoring functions without selection (p9601.5).
  • Page 921 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9726 SI Motion user agreement selection/de-selection / SI Mtn UserAgr sel VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 922 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9730 SI Motion Safe maximum velocity / SI mtn safe v_Max VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 923 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters In the case of the two encoder system, the accuracy of the poorer encoder is displayed, based on the number of encoder pulses. Note: The parameter is only of significance for enabled safety with encoder (otherwise "0"). r9732[0...1] SI Motion velocity resolution / SI Mtn v_res VECTOR_G...
  • Page 924 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Contrary to the parameterization of the SI limit values, this parameter specifies the motor-side limit value and not the load-side limit value. Recommend.: For the ramp-function generator, by appropriately interconnecting the speed limits p1051 and p1052 with r9733[0, 1], a drive-based setpoint velocity limiting can be realized.
  • Page 925 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9740 SI Motion user agreement selection/de-selection MM / SI mtn UserAgr MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 926 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Recommend.: This is used to check whether the safety message buffer has been read out consistently. Dependency: Refer to: r9747, r9748, r9749, p9752, r9753, r9754, r9755, r9756 r9745[0...63] SI components / SI comp VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3...
  • Page 927 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9749[0...63] SI message value / SI msg_value VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 928 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9752 SI message cases counter / SI msg_cases count VECTOR_G Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Messages Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 929 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9761 SI password input / SI password inp VECTOR_G Can be changed: C1, T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2800 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 930 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9768[0...7] SI PROFIsafe receive control words (Control Unit) / SI Ps PZD recv CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 931 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9771 SI common functions (Control Unit) / SI common fct CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2804 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 932 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9772.0...23 CO/BO: SI status (Control Unit) / SI status CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2804 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 933 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 22 and 23: These bits show via which path the SS1 has been triggered, i.e. what has started the SS1 delay time. If the SS1 delay time is not started (e.g. because an STO is triggered at the same time), neither of the two bits is set. r9773.0...31 CO/BO: SI status (Control Unit + Motor Module) / SI status CU+MM VECTOR_G...
  • Page 934 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Safety parameter changed POWER ON required Safety functions enabled Safety component replaced and data save required Dependency: Refer to: r9793 Note: Re bit 00 = 1: At least one Safety parameter has been changed that will only take effect after a POWER ON.
  • Page 935 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9781[0...1] SI checksum to check changes (Control Unit) / SI chg chksm CU CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 936 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9784[0...1] SI Motion diagnostics sensorless acceleration / Diag sl a VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 937 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9786[0...2] SI Motion diagnostics sensorless angle / Diag sl angle VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 938 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9793[0...9] SI diagnostics component replacement / Diag comp_replace VECTOR_G Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 939 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9799 SI reference checksum SI parameters (Control Unit) / SI set_checksum CU VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2800 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 940 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A change always becomes effective only after a POWER ON. Exception: Changes to p9801.0 become effective immediately. MM: Motor Module SI: Safety Integrated SMM: Safe Motion Monitoring STO: Safe Torque Off / SH: Safe standstill SS1: Safe Stop 1 (corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc.
  • Page 941 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 900: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 900, PZD-2/2 901: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 901, PZD-3/5 902: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 902, PZD-3/6 998: Compatibility mode (as for firmware version < 4.5) Dependency: Refer to: p9611, p60022 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive.
  • Page 942 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9850 SI SGE changeover discrepancy time (Motor Module) / SI SGE chg t MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2810 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 943 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock (r9780/r9880) cycle. SS1: Safe Stop 1 (corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc. to EN60204) p9858 SI transition time STOP F to STOP A (Motor Module) / SI STOP F->A MM VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 944 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Safe Brake Adapter supported Basic Functions PROFIsafe for parallel connection supported Extended Functions integrated in drive for parallel connection Extended Functions SDI supported Extended Functions SSM encoderless supported ESR delay of the pulse suppression SBC for parallel connection supported SLS limit SP supported via PROFIsafe Safety functions without selection, SLP,...
  • Page 945 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters STO cause selection on the other monitoring channel SS1 cause selection terminal (Basic Functions) SS1 cause selection PROFIsafe or TM54F (Basic Functions) Slave Motor Module ready for communication Dependency: Refer to: r9772 Notice: If communication between both monitoring channels is interrupted (e.g. by switching off the power unit), this display parameter is no longer updated.
  • Page 946 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Safety Version (major release) [1] = Safety Version (minor release) [2] = Safety Version (baselevel or patch) Dependency: Refer to: r9770, r9870 Note: Example: r9890[0] = 2, r9890[1] = 3, r9890[2] = 1 --> Safety-Version V02.03.01 r9894[0...19] SI crosswise comparison list (Motor Module) / SI CDC_list MM VECTOR_G...
  • Page 947 Description: Displays the number of indices of the actual topology. Dependency: Refer to: r9901 Note: Only for internal Siemens use. The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software. r9901[0...n] Actual topology / Act topo CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: -...
  • Page 948 Data on the next component: - etc. Dependency: Refer to: r9900 Note: Only for internal Siemens use. The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software. p9902 Target topology number of indices / TargetTopo indices CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: -...
  • Page 949 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters - component number of the associated/linked component - number of the associated/linked port - component number of the associated/linked component - number of the associated port, etc. Data on the next component: - etc. Dependency: Refer to: p9902 Note:...
  • Page 950 The electronic rating plate comprises the following data: - component type (e.g. "SMC20") - Order No. (e.g. "6SL3055-0AA0-5BA0") - manufacturer (e.g. SIEMENS) - hardware version (e.g. "A") - Serial No. (e.g. "T-P30050495") When comparing the topology, the following data is compared in the target and actual topologies: p9906 = 0: Component type, Order No., Hardware version, Manufacturer, Serial No.
  • Page 951 The electronic rating plate comprises the following data: - component type (e.g. "SMC20") - Order No. (e.g. "6SL3055-0AA0-5BA0") - manufacturer (e.g. SIEMENS) - hardware version (e.g. "A") - Serial No. (e.g. "T-P30050495") When comparing the topology, the following data is compared in the target and actual topologies: p9908 = 0: Component type, Order No., Hardware version, Manufacturer, Serial No.
  • Page 952 [4] = Drive object function module expansion 1 [5] = Drive object function module expansion 2 [6] = Drive object function module expansion 3 Note: Only for internal Siemens use. The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software. p9912[0...1] Delete drive object / Drv_obj delete...
  • Page 953 [0] = Drive object number old [1] = Drive object number new [2] = Reset or check and flag for modification Note: Only for internal Siemens use. The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software. p9914[0...2] Change component number / Change comp_no...
  • Page 954 Expert list: 1 Factory setting 0000 hex 0007 07FF hex 0007 02FF hex Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. p9916 DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave / DQ fault slave CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 4...
  • Page 955 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index 8 = license key character 9 (e.g. 65 dec) Index 9 = license key character 10 (e.g. 0 dec) Dependency: Refer to: r7843, p9921 Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. With the STARTER commissioning software, ASCII characters are not entered coded, i.e.
  • Page 956 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 0: Firmware not yet checked. 1: Check running. 2: Check successfully completed. 3: Check indicates an error. Dependency: Refer to: r9925 p9930[0...8] System logbook activation / SYSLOG activation CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN,...
  • Page 957 Using the detailed diagnostics, it is possible to investigate data transfer errors on an individual connection, selected using p9942. Value: Inactive Sum send and receive errors Only send errors Only receive errors Siemens internal SINAMICS G130/G150 List Manual (LH2), 04/2014, A5E03263479A...
  • Page 958 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Siemens internal Siemens internal Dependency: The functions in p9938 can only be set for p9937.0 = 0. Refer to: r9936, p9937, p9939, p9942 Notice: If value = 0: - detailed diagnostics is inactive. - the error counter is active (r9936).
  • Page 959 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9943 DRIVE-CLiQ detailed diagn. individual connection error counter / DQ det err counter CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 CU_G130_PN, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 960 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re index 1: The value shows the total computing time load of the system. Re index 5: The total utilization is determined using all sampling times used. The largest total utilization is mapped here. The sampling time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979.
  • Page 961 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [30] = Net utilization 15 [31] = Total utilization 15 [32] = Net utilization 16 [33] = Total utilization 16 [34] = Net utilization 17 [35] = Total utilization 17 [36] = Net utilization 18 [37] = Total utilization 18 [38] = Net utilization 19 [39] = Total utilization 19...
  • Page 962 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [96] = Net utilization 48 [97] = Total utilization 48 [98] = Net utilization 49 [99] = Total utilization 49 [100] = Net utilization 50 [101] = Total utilization 50 [102] = Net utilization 51 [103] = Total utilization 51 [104] = Net utilization 52 [105] = Total utilization 52...
  • Page 963 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [162] = Net utilization 81 [163] = Total utilization 81 [164] = Net utilization 82 [165] = Total utilization 82 Dependency: Refer to: r7901, r9976, r9979 Note: The corresponding sampling times can be read out in parameter r7901. Net utilization: Computing time load that is only called by the sampling time involved.
  • Page 964 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [43] = Total utilization 21 [44] = Net utilization 22 [45] = Total utilization 22 [46] = Net utilization 23 [47] = Total utilization 23 [48] = Net utilization 24 [49] = Total utilization 24 [50] = Net utilization 25 [51] = Total utilization 25 [52] = Net utilization 26...
  • Page 965 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [109] = Total utilization 54 [110] = Net utilization 55 [111] = Total utilization 55 [112] = Net utilization 56 [113] = Total utilization 56 [114] = Net utilization 57 [115] = Total utilization 57 [116] = Net utilization 58 [117] = Total utilization 58 [118] = Net utilization 59...
  • Page 966 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9982[0...4] Data memory utilization / Mem_util dat_mem CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 967 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9987[0...7] DRIVE-CLiQ bandwidth load / DQ bandw load CU_G130_DP, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 CU_G130_PN, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - CU_G150_DP, P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - CU_G150_PN Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 968 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Factory setting Description: Diagnostics parameter to display additional information for internal software errors. Note: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. p10000[0...5] SI TM54F communication clock cycle / TM54F comm_cycle TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 969 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [4] = Drive 5 [5] = Drive 6 Note: - If only index 0 of p10000 is used, then p10000[0] defines the communication clock cycle that is applicable for all drives used in p10010[]. In this case, all safety monitoring clock cycles on the Control Unit must be identical with p10000[0].
  • Page 970 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Checksum HW-independent TM54F parameters [1] = Checksum HW-dependent TM54F parameters (MM) p10005[0...1] SI TM54F parameter target checksum / SI par CRC target TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 TM54F_SL Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.
  • Page 971 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10008 SI TM54F operating mode / SI op_mod TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 4 TM54F_SL Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 972 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = Drive 3 [3] = Drive 4 [4] = Drive 5 [5] = Drive 6 Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. p10011[0...5] SI TM54F drive group assignment / SI drv_gr assign TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 973 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10013[0...5] SI TM54F Motor/Hydraulic Module Node Identifier Word 2 / SI MM Node ID 2 TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 4 TM54F_SL Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 974 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10017 SI TM54F digital inputs debounce time / SI DI t_debounce TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 TM54F_SL Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 975 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Drive group 1 [1] = Drive group 2 [2] = Drive group 3 [3] = Drive group 4 Dependency: Refer to: p10008, p10038 Note: Parameter being prepared. For this firmware version, the function interface is not supported. p10022[0...3] SI TM54F STO input terminal / SI STO F-DI TM54F_MA,...
  • Page 976 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Drive group 1 [1] = Drive group 2 [2] = Drive group 3 [3] = Drive group 4 Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always active. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always inactive.
  • Page 977 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters F-DI 7 (X532.1/2/7) F-DI 8 (X532.3/4/8) F-DI 9 (X532.5/6/9) 255: Statically inact Index: [0] = Drive group 1 [1] = Drive group 2 [2] = Drive group 3 [3] = Drive group 4 Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always active.
  • Page 978 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters F-DI 3 (X522.3/4/8) F-DI 4 (X522.5/6/9) F-DI 5 (X531.2/3/6) F-DI 6 (X531.4/5/7) F-DI 7 (X532.1/2/7) F-DI 8 (X532.3/4/8) F-DI 9 (X532.5/6/9) 255: Statically inact Index: [0] = Drive group 1 [1] = Drive group 2 [2] = Drive group 3 [3] = Drive group 4 Note:...
  • Page 979 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Statically active F-DI 0 (X521.2/3/6) F-DI 1 (X521.4/5/7) F-DI 2 (X522.1/2/7) F-DI 3 (X522.3/4/8) F-DI 4 (X522.5/6/9) F-DI 5 (X531.2/3/6) F-DI 6 (X531.4/5/7) F-DI 7 (X532.1/2/7) F-DI 8 (X532.3/4/8) F-DI 9 (X532.5/6/9) 255: Statically inact Index: [0] = Drive group 1...
  • Page 980 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10032[0...3] SI TM54F SLP input terminal / SI SLP F-DI TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 TM54F_SL Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 981 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, selection bit remains statically at "0". If value = 255: No terminal assigned, selection bit remains statically at "1". F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SLP: Safely-Limited Position p10036[0...3] SI TM54F special operating mode input terminal / SI spec mode F-DI TM54F_MA,...
  • Page 982 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Drive group 1 [1] = Drive group 2 [2] = Drive group 3 [3] = Drive group 4 Note: Parameter being prepared. For this firmware version, the function interface is not supported. If value = 0: No terminal assigned, no static agreement.
  • Page 983 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters SLS_active Selected Not selected SDI_pos_active Selected Not selected SDI_neg_active Selected Not selected SLP_active Selected Not selected p10040 SI TM54F F-DI input mode / SI F-DI inp_mode TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 TM54F_SL Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.
  • Page 984 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: No function Drive group 1 STO active Drive group 1 SS1 active Drive group 1 SS2 active Drive group 1 SOS active Drive group 1 SLS active Drive group 1 SSM feedback signal active Drive group 1 safe state Drive group 1 SOS selected Drive group 1 internal event...
  • Page 985 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [4] = AND logic operation input 5 [5] = AND logic operation input 6 Note: F-DO: Failsafe Digital Output p10043[0...5] SI TM54F F-DO 1 signal sources / SI F-DO 1 S_src TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 TM54F_SL...
  • Page 986 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 773: Drive group 4 SLS active 774: Drive group 4 SSM feedback signal active 775: Drive group 4 safe state 776: Drive group 4 SOS selected 777: Drive group 4 internal event 778: Drive group 4 active SLS stage bit 0 779: Drive group 4 active SLS stage bit 1 780:...
  • Page 987 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 517: Drive group 3 SLS active 518: Drive group 3 SSM feedback signal active 519: Drive group 3 safe state 520: Drive group 3 SOS selected 521: Drive group 3 internal event 522: Drive group 3 active SLS stage bit 0 523: Drive group 3 active SLS stage bit 1 524:...
  • Page 988 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 261: Drive group 2 SLS active 262: Drive group 2 SSM feedback signal active 263: Drive group 2 safe state 264: Drive group 2 SOS selected 265: Drive group 2 internal event 266: Drive group 2 active SLS stage bit 0 267: Drive group 2 active SLS stage bit 1 268:...
  • Page 989 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Read back F-DO 2 Test active No test Read back F-DO 3 Test active No test Dependency: Refer to: p10047 Note: F-DO: Failsafe Digital Output p10047[0...3] SI TM54F F-DO test stop mode / SI F-DO test mode TM54F_MA, Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 990 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters F-DI 7 Logical 1 Logical 0 2851 F-DI 8 Logical 1 Logical 0 2851 F-DI 9 Logical 1 Logical 0 2851 Dependency: Refer to: p10017, p10040 Note: If a safety function is assigned to an input (e.g. via p10022), then the following applies: - logical "0": Safety function is selected - logical "1": Safety function is de-selected The interrelationship between the logical level and the external voltage level at the input depends on the...
  • Page 991 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r10054 SI TM54F failsafe events active / SI failsafe act TM54F_MA, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 TM54F_SL Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 992 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r10056.0 CO/BO: SI TM54F status / SI stat TM54F_MA Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1...
  • Page 993 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r10070 SI TM54F module identifier / SI module ID TM54F_MA Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 994 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: It is not possible to test two motor holding brakes. An appropriate message is output for an incorrect parameterization. The brake to be tested is selected using p10230[2] or p10235.2. p10203 SI Motion SBT control selection / SBT control select VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: -...
  • Page 995 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10209[0...1] SI Motion SBT brake holding torque / SBT brake M_stop VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2836 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 996 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10212[0...1] SI Motion SBT position tolerance sequence 1 / SBT pos_tol seq 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2836 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 997 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10221[0...1] SI Motion SBT test duration sequence 2 / SBT t_test seq 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed: C2(95) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2836 P-Group: Safety Integrated Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: -...
  • Page 998 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [3] = Select test torque sign [4] = Select test sequence [5] = External brake status Note: Re BI: p10230[0]: 0/1 signal: select brake test. 0 signal: inactive. Re BI: p10230[1]: 0/1 signal: start brake test. Re BI: p10230[2]: 1 signal: select brake 2.
  • Page 999 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Acceptance test SLP (SE) active Acceptance test mode selected Note: SIC: Safety Info Channel SLP: Safely-Limited Position / SE: Safe software limit switches p10235 CI: SI Safety Control Channel control word S_STW3B / SCC S_STW3B VECTOR_G Can be changed: T Calculated: -...
  • Page 1000 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Brake test inactive, wait for SBT selection Setpoint input drive Determining the load Brake test is initialized, wait for start of test sequence Start test seq Closing the brake, establishing the test torque Brake test active, wait for test duration sequence Reduce test torque Wait for the brake to open...
  • Page 1001 2.2 List of parameters Value: No PROFIsafe telegram selected PROFIsafe standard telegram 30, PZD-1/1 PROFIsafe standard telegram 31, PZD-2/2 901: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 901, PZD-3/5 902: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 902, PZD-3/6 Dependency: Refer to: p9611, p9811 Note: For p9601.3 = p9801.3 = 1 (PROFIsafe enabled), the following variants exist when parameterizing PROFIsafe...

This manual is also suitable for:

Sinamics g130

Table of Contents